US20150327976A1 - Aneurysm treatment coils - Google Patents
Aneurysm treatment coils Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20150327976A1 US20150327976A1 US14/691,394 US201514691394A US2015327976A1 US 20150327976 A1 US20150327976 A1 US 20150327976A1 US 201514691394 A US201514691394 A US 201514691394A US 2015327976 A1 US2015327976 A1 US 2015327976A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- region
- coil
- filament
- filaments
- implant
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/01—Filters implantable into blood vessels
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord
- A61B17/12022—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires
- A61B17/12027—Type of occlusion
- A61B17/12031—Type of occlusion complete occlusion
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord
- A61B17/12022—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires
- A61B17/12099—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires characterised by the location of the occluder
- A61B17/12109—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires characterised by the location of the occluder in a blood vessel
- A61B17/12113—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires characterised by the location of the occluder in a blood vessel within an aneurysm
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord
- A61B17/12022—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires
- A61B17/12131—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires characterised by the type of occluding device
- A61B17/1214—Coils or wires
- A61B17/12145—Coils or wires having a pre-set deployed three-dimensional shape
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord
- A61B17/12022—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires
- A61B17/12131—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires characterised by the type of occluding device
- A61B17/1214—Coils or wires
- A61B17/1215—Coils or wires comprising additional materials, e.g. thrombogenic, having filaments, having fibers, being coated
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord
- A61B17/12022—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires
- A61B17/12131—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires characterised by the type of occluding device
- A61B17/1214—Coils or wires
- A61B17/12154—Coils or wires having stretch limiting means
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/0021—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by the form of the tubing
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B21—MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
- B21F—WORKING OR PROCESSING OF METAL WIRE
- B21F3/00—Coiling wire into particular forms
- B21F3/02—Coiling wire into particular forms helically
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B21—MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
- B21F—WORKING OR PROCESSING OF METAL WIRE
- B21F45/00—Wire-working in the manufacture of other particular articles
- B21F45/16—Wire-working in the manufacture of other particular articles of devices for fastening or securing purposes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00526—Methods of manufacturing
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00743—Type of operation; Specification of treatment sites
- A61B2017/00778—Operations on blood vessels
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00831—Material properties
- A61B2017/00867—Material properties shape memory effect
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00831—Material properties
- A61B2017/00898—Material properties expandable upon contact with fluid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord
- A61B17/12022—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires
- A61B2017/1205—Introduction devices
- A61B2017/12054—Details concerning the detachment of the occluding device from the introduction device
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/12—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord
- A61B17/12022—Occluding by internal devices, e.g. balloons or releasable wires
- A61B2017/1205—Introduction devices
- A61B2017/12054—Details concerning the detachment of the occluding device from the introduction device
- A61B2017/12063—Details concerning the detachment of the occluding device from the introduction device electrolytically detachable
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/39—Markers, e.g. radio-opaque or breast lesions markers
- A61B2090/3966—Radiopaque markers visible in an X-ray image
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2230/00—Geometry of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2230/0063—Three-dimensional shapes
- A61F2230/0091—Three-dimensional shapes helically-coiled or spirally-coiled, i.e. having a 2-D spiral cross-section
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/0021—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by the form of the tubing
- A61M2025/0042—Microcatheters, cannula or the like having outside diameters around 1 mm or less
Definitions
- the subject technology generally relates to a medical implant device. More particularly, the subject technology relates to medical implant devices in the form of at least one elongated filament.
- Lumens in the body can change in size, shape, and/or patency, and such changes can present complications or affect associated body functions.
- the walls of the vasculature particularly arterial walls, may develop a pathological dilatation called an aneurysm.
- Aneurysms are observed as a ballooning out of a wall of an artery. This is a result of the vessel wall being weakened by disease, injury or a congenital abnormality. Aneurysms have thin, weak walls, have a tendency to rupture, and are often caused or made worse by high blood pressure.
- Aneurysms can be found in different parts of the body; the most common being abdominal aortic aneurysms and cerebral (brain) aneurysms.
- abdominal aortic aneurysms and cerebral (brain) aneurysms.
- the mere presence of an aneurysm is not always life threatening, but they can have serious health consequences such as a stroke if one should rupture in the brain. Additionally, a ruptured aneurysm can also result in death.
- Embolization of blood vessels has been performed by employing certain polymer compositions, particulates, and/or scelerosing material including silicone balloons, metallic coils, PVA particles, gelatin, and the like, selectively to block blood flow in the blood vessels.
- Intracranial aneurysms are abnormal blood-filled dilations of a blood vessel wall that may rupture, causing significant bleeding and damage to surrounding brain tissue or death.
- intracranial aneurysms can be surgically clipped to reduce the risk of rupture by placing a metal clip around the neck of the aneurysm to cut off and prevent further blood flow to the aneurysm.
- Many aneurysms cannot be treated surgically because of either the location or configuration of the aneurysm or because the condition of the patient does not permit intracranial surgery.
- Aneurysms may also be treated endovascularly, e.g., with embolic coils.
- the coils are placed in the aneurysm by extending a catheter endovascularly to the site of the aneurysm and passing single or often multiple metallic coils such as platinum, stainless steel, or tungsten coils through the catheter into the aneurysm.
- the coils placed within the aneurysm encourage a thrombus to form in the aneurysm which occludes the aneurysm and prevents further blood flow into the aneurysm.
- the treatment of intracranial aneurysms with coils isolates the aneurysm from arterial circulation, helping to guard against rupture and further growth of the aneurysm.
- a multifilar coil includes a first plurality of adjacent first filaments helically wound about a long axis, each of the first filaments having a substantially equal first filament lateral flexibility.
- the multifilar coil may also include a second plurality of adjacent second filaments, wound adjacent to the first plurality about the long axis, at least two of the second filaments having a second filament lateral flexibility, less than the first filament flexibility.
- a first region of the coil may have a first coil flexibility that permits bending at the first region in a first direction relative to the long axis.
- the first coil flexibility is greater than a second coil flexibility that permits bending, in the first direction, of a second region of the coil that is (i) spaced apart from the first region along the long axis and (ii) sized equal to the first region.
- the multifilar coil may have between 6 and 50, between 8 and 40, or between 10 and 30 filaments. Except for the distalmost two filaments in the multifilar coil, each filament at its terminal distal end may be flanked by an immediately adjacent filament on each of its proximal and distal sides. In other embodiments, except for the distalmost two filaments, each filament at its terminal distal end is flanked by an immediately adjacent filament on each of its proximal and distal sides. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of second filaments has a substantially equal second filament lateral flexibility. In some embodiments, the first filament flexibility is between about 2 ⁇ , about 3 ⁇ , about 5 ⁇ , and about 10 ⁇ the second filament flexibility.
- the first filament may be about 50 ⁇ , 100 ⁇ , 500 ⁇ , 1000 ⁇ , 2000 ⁇ , or more than 2000 ⁇ the second filament flexibility.
- the first filament flexibility may at least partly be determined, in the one or more first filaments, by at least one of a filament diameter, a material composition, and a heat treatment.
- the first coil flexibility may be more than at least one of about 2 ⁇ , about 3 ⁇ , about 5 ⁇ , and about 10 ⁇ the second coil flexibility.
- a proximal end region of the multifilar coil couples to a delivery device, and the first region is proximal to the second region thereby providing a greater flexibility proximal to the second region to provide a break point about which the coil can bend or break.
- each of at least one of (a) the plurality of first filaments and (b) the plurality of second filaments has a distal end at a point separated, along the long axis, from distal ends of others of the first and second filaments.
- one or more of first and/or second filaments comprises a ribbon having a substantially rectangular cross-sectional sectional shape.
- at least one of the second filaments has a smaller cross-sectional dimension than a cross-sectional dimension of at least one of the plurality of first filaments.
- another multifilar coil includes a first plurality of adjacent first filaments helically wound about a long axis, each of the first filaments having a substantially equal first lateral flexibility.
- the multifilar coil may further include a second plurality of adjacent second filaments, the second plurality wound adjacent, along the long axis, to the first plurality, each of the second filaments having a respective lateral flexibility less than the first flexibility.
- the coil upon application to the coil of a force normal to the long axis, the coil may tend to preferentially bend at a first coil region that is helically oriented about the long axis and defined by the first plurality.
- the ratio of the number of filaments of the first plurality to the number of filaments of the second plurality is greater than one. In other embodiments, the ratio of the number of filaments of the first plurality to the number of filaments of the second plurality is less than one or equal to one. In certain embodiments, the number of filaments of the first plurality to the number of filaments of the second plurality may be 2:3, 3:6, 2:4, 2:10, 3:2, 4:2, 8:2, or 8:4.
- another multifilar coil includes a first plurality of adjacent first filaments helically wound about a long axis, each of the first filaments having a substantially equal first lateral flexibility.
- the multifilar coil further includes a second plurality of adjacent second filaments, the second plurality wound adjacent, along the long axis, to the first plurality, each of the second filaments having a respective lateral flexibility less than the first flexibility.
- the coil may bend to a degree defined by the first plurality, in a first direction at a first coil region, helically oriented about the long axis and, upon application of a force less than necessary to bend the coil to the degree in the first direction, to a second degree defined by the second plurality at a second coil region, which is also helically oriented about the long axis.
- At least two adjacent filaments of the first plurality may separate from each other by a first distance and (ii) a filament of the first plurality and an adjacent filament of the second plurality may separate from each other by a second distance, less than the first distance.
- at least two adjacent filaments of the first plurality may separate from each other by a first distance and (ii) at least two adjacent filaments of the second plurality may separate from each other by a second distance, less than the first distance.
- a coiled implant includes a multifilar outer coil including (i) one or more first filaments, each having a first stiffness and being helically wound about a long axis, and (ii) one or more second filaments, each having a second stiffness less than the first stiffness and being wound about the long axis.
- the coiled implant may further include a unifilar inner coil concentric within the outer coil, the inner coil being formed of an inner filament wound about the long axis, wherein a first region of the inner coil has gaps between adjacent windings of the inner filament, and adjacent windings of the inner filament contact each other in an optional second region of the inner coil.
- a first region of the outer coil may have a first flexibility permitting bending at the first region in a first direction relative to the long axis.
- the first flexibility may be greater than a second flexibility permitting bending, in the first direction, of a second region of the outer coil that is (i) spaced apart from the first region along the long axis and (ii) sized equal to the first region.
- a width of at least one of the gaps is at least about 20%, about 40%, about 60%, about 80%, about 100%, about 150%, or about 200% of a width of the inner filament.
- one of the outer coil and the inner coil may be dextrorotary and the other of the outer coil and the inner coil may be levorotary.
- one or more of the second filaments may be interwound, about the long axis, with some of the first filaments.
- the outer coil defines gaps between adjacent windings of the first and/or second filaments.
- a pitch of the inner coil may be at least twice a pitch of the outer coil.
- a coiled implant may include a multifilar outer coil comprising (i) one or more first filaments, each having a first stiffness and being helically wound about a longitudinal axis, and (ii) one or more second filaments, each having a second stiffness, less than the first stiffness and being wound about the longitudinal axis.
- the coiled implant may further include a multifilar inner coil concentric within the outer coil.
- the inner coil may be formed of at least one group of adjacent inner filaments wound about the longitudinal axis.
- the inner coil may have a gap between adjacent windings of the at least one group of adjacent inner filaments.
- a width of at least one of the gaps is about 20%, about 40%, about 60%, about 80%, about 100%, about 150%, or about 200% of a width of the at least one of the inner filaments.
- a pitch of the inner coil may be at least twice a pitch of the outer coil.
- another coiled implant may include a multifilar outer coil comprising (i) one or more first filaments, each having a first stiffness and being helically wound about a longitudinal axis, and (ii) one or more second filaments, each having a second stiffness, less than the first stiffness and being wound about the longitudinal axis.
- the coiled implant may further include a multifilar inner coil concentric within the outer coil, the inner coil being formed of at least one group of adjacent inner filaments wound about the longitudinal axis.
- the filaments of the inner coil may have a pitch that is at least about twice the pitch of the outer coil. In some embodiments, the pitch of the inner coil filaments is at least 3 ⁇ , at least 4 ⁇ , or at least 6 ⁇ the pitch of the outer coil.
- a first region of the outer coil may have a first flexibility permitting bending at the first region in a first direction relative to the long axis.
- the first flexibility may be greater than a second flexibility permitting bending, in the first direction, of a second region of the outer coil that is (i) spaced apart from the first region along the long axis and (ii) sized equal to the first region.
- one of the outer coil and the inner coil may be dextrorotary and the other of the outer coil and the inner coil may be levorotary.
- a coil may include a primary filament winding having (a) a first shape of a first cross-section of a first segment of the coil, and (b) a second shape of a second cross-section of a second segment of the coil.
- the first and second cross-sections may be orthogonal to a long axis of the coil, and the first and second segments may be spaced apart along the long axis.
- the second shape may be different from the first shape, irrespective of (a) an angular orientation, about the long axis, of the first shape with respect to the second shape, and (b) relative sizes of the first and second shapes.
- the second segment may have a different lateral flexibility than the first segment.
- the first shape may be curved and the second shape may be polygonal.
- the first shape may be circular or oval and the second shape may be polygonal.
- the second shape is triangular.
- the first shape is polygonal and the second shape is polygonal, different from the first shape.
- the second shape is triangular.
- the first shape may be circular and the second shape may be elliptical.
- a coil may include at least one filament arranged in a helical primary winding.
- the coil may have a cross-section, orthogonal to a longitudinal axis of the coil, that tapers over a region that extends at least one-fourth of an entire longitudinal length of the coil.
- a coil may include at least one filament arranged in a helical primary winding.
- the filament may have a first cross-sectional dimension, orthogonal to a longitudinal axis of the filament, that is tapered over a region of at least two 360° turns of the winding.
- the region is at an end portion of the coil.
- the region is at a distal end.
- the region is at a proximal end.
- the taper is nonlinear. In certain embodiments, however, the taper may include at least one stepwise change in the first cross-sectional dimension along the axis.
- the coil may further include inner and outer cross-sectional dimensions. The inner cross-sectional dimension may surround a lumen within the coil and does not substantially taper over the at least two turns.
- a coiled implant may include an outer coil arranged in a first winding having a circular or oval cross-sectional shape, and an inner coil concentric within the outer coil and arranged in a second winding having a polygonal cross-sectional shape.
- a direction of the first winding and a direction of the second winding direction are opposite.
- the polygonal shape is triangular or rectangular.
- a rotational orientation of the inner coil cross-sectional shape may vary along a long axis of the inner coil.
- the coiled implant may further include a first region that has a first flexibility permitting bending at the first region in a first direction relative to the long axis. The first flexibility may be greater than a second flexibility permitting bending, in the first direction, of a second region of the implant that is spaced apart from the first region along a long axis of the implant.
- a coiled implant may include an outer coil arranged in a first winding having a first polygonal cross-sectional shape, and an inner coil concentric within the outer coil and arranged in a second winding having a second polygonal cross-sectional shape.
- a direction of the first winding and a direction of the second winding direction are opposite.
- at least one of the first and second polygonal shapes is triangular or rectangular. In some embodiments, however, the first and second shapes are the same.
- a rotational orientation of the inner coil cross-sectional shape may vary along a longitudinal axis of the inner coil.
- the coiled implant may further include a first region that has a first flexibility permitting bending at the first region in a first direction relative to the long axis.
- the first flexibility may be greater than a second flexibility permitting bending, in the first direction, of a second region of the implant that is spaced apart from the first region along a long axis of the implant.
- a method of deploying a coil implant may include advancing at least a portion of a coil implant into an aneurysm.
- the coil implant may include a plurality of concentric coils, each having a respective winding direction. The winding directions of two of the coils may be opposite each other.
- the method may further include providing torque to at least one of the concentric coils such that at least one of the coils radially expands or contracts and transfers a portion of the torque to a radially adjacent coil.
- providing torque includes rotating the implant while positioning the implant in the aneurysm.
- rotating the implant may cause the implant to form a loop by overlapping with itself.
- providing torque may include rotating a delivery system attached to the implant.
- the delivery system may be attached to the implant by a coupling that restricts relative rotation between the implant and the delivery system.
- the relative rotation may be limited to less than 360°, 180°, 120°, 90°, 60°, 45°, 30°, 20° 10°, 5°, or 2° of rotation.
- the rotating results in expansion of the implant to a configuration that contacts a wall of the aneurysm at multiple points.
- rotating the implant increases a packing density of the implant in the aneurysm.
- at least one of the coils may be unifilar. Some embodiments provide that at least one of the coils is multifilar.
- Methods of manufacturing a coiled implant include winding a first filament to form a first coil, and heat treating the first coil.
- the method may further include winding a second filament to form a second coil, and inserting one of the first and second coils into a lumen of the other of the first and second coils after the heat treating.
- the heat treating of the first coil is at a condition that would change at least one of physical, chemical, and/or biological characteristic of the second coil and thereby render the second coil unsuitable for treatment of the patient.
- changing a physical characteristic of the second coil and thereby rendering the second coil unsuitable for treatment of a patient can include, without limitation, melting, annealing, evaporating, sublimating, singeing, causing a phase transition of, rendering inert, charring, and rendering non-biocompatible a material of the second coil.
- heat treating may form the first coil into at least one of a primary shape and a secondary shape.
- At least one of the first and the second filament is wound into a substantially helical tubular shape.
- one of the first and the second filament may be wound about a mandrel, and the filament wound about the mandrel is inserted, on the mandrel, into the lumen of the other of the first and second coils.
- the method may further include separating the mandrel from the other of the first and second coils.
- the first filament may include a different material than the second filament.
- the first filament is a metal.
- the second coil may be heat treated at a condition that would not at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible the material of the second coil.
- the method may include winding a first filament to form a first coil, and heat treating the first coil.
- the method may also include winding a second filament onto the first coil after the heat treating to form a second, outer coil.
- Heat treating the first coil may be at a condition that would at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible a material of the second coil.
- heat treating of the first coil may form the first coil into at least one of a primary shape and a secondary shape.
- the second coil may be heat treated at a condition that would not at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible the material of the second coil.
- the first filament may be made of a different material than the second filament. In at least one embodiment, however, the first filament is made from a metal.
- methods of manufacturing a coiled implant that provide winding a first filament to form a first coil having a helical gap in the winding and heat treating the first coil.
- the method may further include winding a second filament into the gap after the heat treating, thereby forming a second coil interwound with the first coil.
- the first filament may be made from a different material than the second filament.
- heat treating the first coil may form the coil into at least one of a primary shape and a secondary shape.
- heat treating of the first coil may be at a condition that would change at least one of a physical, chemical, and biological characteristic of the second coil and thereby render the second coil unsuitable for treatment of the patient.
- heat treating of the first coil is at a condition that would at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible a material of the second coil.
- the second coil is heat treated at a condition that would not at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible the material of the second coil
- the methods include winding a first filament to form a first coil; heat treating the first coil; winding a second filament to form a second coil; and inserting one of the first and second coils into a lumen of the other of the first and second coils after the heat treating.
- the heat treating of the first coil is at a condition that would change at least one of a physical, chemical, and biological characteristic of the second coil and thereby render the second coil unsuitable for treatment of the patient.
- the heat treating is performed in a manner so as not to compromise performance of a coil.
- various heat treating processes may melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and/or render non-biocompatible a material of the second coil, all of which may compromise performance of the coil.
- the second coil may be heat treated at a condition that would not at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible the material of the second coil.
- a coil may include a coil winding having a first material and a second material.
- the first material may receive heat treatment, after being formed into a first coil, under conditions that would change at least one of a physical, chemical, and biological characteristic of the second coil and thereby render the second coil unsuitable for treatment of the patient.
- the conditions may melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, destroy, alter, render non-biocompatible, or otherwise compromise the properties of the second material.
- the coil may have a primary coil winding (e.g., a helical winding).
- the coil after the coil is formed to have the primary coil winding, the coil may further be formed into a secondary coil shape (e.g., a shape formed by wrapping or folding the coil into a spherical or other shape).
- the heat treatment may impart one of a primary shape and a secondary shape to the primary coil winding.
- the heat treatment may be configured to impart one of a primary shape and a secondary shape to the secondary coil winding.
- the first coil may be made from the first material and the second material forms a second coil, the first and second coils being interwound.
- the second coil may be interwound with the first coil after the heat treatment.
- the second coil may be coaxial with the first coil.
- one of the first coil and the second coil may be dextrorotary and the other of the first coil and the second coil may be levorotary.
- a coil may include a first coil winding having a first secondary shape, and a second coil winding wound over the first coil winding and having a second secondary shape, different from the first secondary shape.
- the second coil winding may not be heat treated into either a primary shape or the secondary shape.
- the first coil winding may be formed by heat treatment into the first secondary shape.
- the second coil winding may be wound over the first coil winding after the heat treatment.
- a system for treating vascular disease may include a coil implant that has at least one filament wound about, and having a lumen extending along, a coil long axis.
- the system may further include a securing member, coupled to the implant, and having a member long axis and extending within the lumen in a direction of the coil long axis.
- the member may have a first transverse axis and a second transverse axis normal to the first transverse axis, both transverse axes being normal to the coil long axis.
- the member may have (a) a first resistance to bending away from the coil long axis toward the first transverse axis, and (b) a second resistance to bending away from the coil long axis toward the second transverse axis, the first resistance to bending greater than the second resistance to bending.
- the member may be helically twisted along the member long axis.
- the member may have a shape of a cross-section, normal to the member long axis, that is substantially polygonal. In some embodiments, the shape is substantially rectangular. In other embodiments, however, the member may have a shape of a cross-section, normal to the member long axis, that is substantially oval.
- FIG. 1 a shows a plan view of the positioning system in accordance with some embodiments of the subject technology, and a plan view of an exemplary implant in accordance with some embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 1 b shows a closer view of a portion of FIG. 1 a.
- FIG. 1 c shows a plan view of the position system of FIG. 1 a within the human body.
- FIG. 1 d shows a closer view of a portion of FIG. 1 c showing the positioning system in partial cross-section and an exemplary implant in accordance with some embodiments of the subject technology in a position within the human body.
- FIG. 1 e shows a closer view of a portion of FIG. 1 c showing the positioning system in partial cross-section and an exemplary implant in accordance with some embodiments of the subject technology in another position within the human body.
- FIG. 2 a illustrates a partial cross-sectional view of an exemplary positioning system, according to one or more embodiments disclosed.
- FIG. 2 b illustrates a side view of another exemplary positioning system, according to one or more embodiments disclosed.
- FIG. 2 c illustrates an enlarged view of an exemplary coiled implant as shown in FIG. 2 b , according to one or more embodiments disclosed.
- FIG. 3 illustrates a side view of an exemplary multifilar coil that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 4 a illustrates a side view of another exemplary multifilar coil that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 4 b illustrates a cross-sectional side view of the multifilar coil of FIG. 4 a , according to one or more embodiments.
- FIG. 5 illustrates a side view of another exemplary multifilar coil that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 6 illustrates a side view of another exemplary multifilar coil that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIGS. 7 a , 7 b , and 7 c illustrate cross-sectional views of exemplary filament winding shapes, according to one or more embodiments disclosed.
- FIG. 8 illustrates side and cross sectional views of an exemplary coil that exhibit two or more filament winding shapes along its axial length, and corresponding crimping dies to make the filament winding shapes, according to one or more embodiments of the disclosure.
- FIG. 9 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coil that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 10 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coil that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIGS. 11 a and 11 b illustrate side views of exemplary coils that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 12 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coil that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 13 illustrates a side view of an exemplary coiled implant that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 14 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coiled implant that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 15 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coiled implant that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 16 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coiled implant that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 17 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coiled implant that may be used in conjunction with the system of FIG. 2 a or 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIG. 18 illustrates a partial cross sectional view of an exemplary system for treating vascular disease, according to one or more embodiments disclosed.
- FIGS. 19 a and 19 b illustrate side views of exemplary configurations of the securing member depicted in FIG. 18 , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIGS. 19 c and 19 d illustrate cross-sectional views of exemplary configurations of the securing member depicted in FIG. 18 , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- FIGS. 20 a , 20 b , 20 c , and 20 d illustrate partial cross-sectional side views of exemplary configurations of a multifilar coil that can be used in conjunction with the systems of FIGS. 2 a and 2 b , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology.
- the systems and devices disclosed herein may be used in veterinary or human medicine and, more particularly, for the endovascular treatment of intracranial aneurysms and acquired or innate arteriovenous blood vessel malformations and/or fistulas and/or for the embolization of tumors by thromboembolization.
- components of the various systems and devices disclosed herein may be designed as a stent, a coil implant, a filter, and the like, but may as well possess any other superimposed configuration as may be expedient.
- the systems and devices disclosed herein may provide various designs and configurations for an aneurysm coil, as especially appropriate for the occlusion of intracranial aneurysms.
- a vascular implant device may be a positioning system 10 such as the one shown in FIGS. 1 a - 1 b .
- the positioning system 10 shown in FIGS. 1 a - 1 b includes an actuator 20 , a positioner 40 coupled with the actuator 20 , and an implant interface 80 at the distal end of the positioner 40 .
- a portion of the implant interface 80 may engage a complementary portion of an implant 95 in order to control the delivery (i.e., securing and detaching) of the implant 95 at the desired location.
- the implant is shown or described in several embodiments as comprising an embolic coil 90 , any implant or device that is compatible with the subject technology may be used in lieu of or in conjunction with the coil 90 in accordance with the embodiments described herein.
- Suitable implants and devices include, but are not limited to, stents, filters, thrombectomy devices, atherectomy devices, flow restoration devices, embolic coils, embolic protection devices, or other devices, and the like. Moreover, it will be appreciated that both detachable and non-detachable implants and/or devices may be used with the delivery or positioning system 10 .
- FIG. 1 c shows the positioning system 10 of FIGS. 1 a - 1 b used inside a patient's vasculature.
- an operator uses a guide tube or guide catheter 12 to position a delivery tube or microcatheter 14 in a patient's vasculature. This procedure involves inserting the guide catheter 12 into the patient's vasculature through an access point such as the groin, and directing the distal end 12 a of the guide catheter 12 through the vascular system until it reaches the carotid artery.
- a microcatheter 14 may be inserted into the guide catheter 12 and the distal end 14 a of the microcatheter 14 subsequently exits the guide catheter distal end 12 a and may be positioned near the target site 16 , such as an aneurysm in the patient's brain.
- the microcatheter 14 can include microcatheter markers 15 and 15 a that facilitate imaging of the distal end 14 a of the microcatheter 14 with common imaging systems.
- the positioning system 10 of the illustrated embodiment is then inserted into the microcatheter 14 to position the implant interface 80 at the distal end of the positioner 40 near the target site 16 , as illustrated in FIG. 1 d .
- the implant 95 can be attached to the implant interface 80 prior to inserting the positioning system 10 into the microcatheter 14 . This mode of implant delivery is illustrated in FIGS. 1 c - 1 e .
- the delivery of the implant 95 is facilitated by disposing the microcatheter marker 15 a near the target site 16 , and aligning the microcatheter marker 15 with a positioner marker 64 in the positioner 40 which, when the two markers (markers 15 and 64 ) are aligned with each other as illustrated in FIG. 1 e , indicates to the operator that the implant interface 80 is in the proper position for the release of the implant 95 from the positioning system 10 .
- the implant interface 80 is a portion of the positioning system 10 that allows the operator to mechanically control the engagement and disengagement of the implant 95 to the positioner 40 , and allows the positioner 40 to retain the implant 95 in a way that minimally contacts the implant 95 , that permits movement of the implant relative to the positioner in some or all of axial, tilt, and rotational directions, and that allows the implant 95 to move axially and without radial movement when engaging and disengaging the implant interface 80 .
- the positioner 40 as generally described above may include an elongate positioner tube 42 which houses a wire or cord 52 that is translatable within the tube 42 when moved by an operator.
- the distal end of the positioner tube 42 engages the implant interface 80 and may terminate at an end cap or dome 81 .
- the end cap 81 can be replaced by a partial or whole loop, ring, or eyelet, and/or carried by a stiffening member disposed at a distance from the positioner tube 42 .
- the end cap 81 may have a port 84 through which positioner tube 42 communicates with the exterior environment of the positioner 40 or the interior of the microcatheter 14 ( FIGS. 1 c - e ), depending on the position of the positioner 40 in relation to the microcatheter 14 .
- a positioner tube sleeve 66 that provides a sliding exterior surface to the positioner tube 42 that facilitates the insertion and sliding of the positioner tube 42 into and through the microcatheter 14 .
- the positioner tube sleeve 66 increases lubricity between the positioner tube 42 and the inner lumen surface of the microcatheter 14 and increases the structural integrity of the positioner tube 42 .
- the implant interface 80 may be configured to allow the operator to mechanically control the engagement and disengagement of the implant 95 , such as the coil 90 , to the positioner 40 in various ways.
- the interface 80 further allows the positioner 40 to retain the implant 95 in a way that minimally contacts the implant 95 , that permits movement in all directions of motion and rotationally, and that allows the implant 95 to move axially and without radial movement when engaging and disengaging the positioner 40 .
- the implant interface 80 in conjunction with the positioner 40 , provides mechanical control of the engagement and disengagement of the implant 95 by retaining a member (e.g., rod 94 ) that engages the implant 95 .
- the member may be introduced into the implant interface 80 through an opening (e.g., port 84 ) in the positioning system 10 , and retained at the implant interface 80 by obstructing the opening at least in part, or fully, so as to physically prevent the complete exit of the member back through the opening.
- an opening e.g., port 84
- obstruction is achieved with a movable elongate member (e.g., the cord 52 ) disposed along the length of the positioning system 10 with a distal end that obstructs the opening.
- a movable elongate member e.g., the cord 52
- the implant 95 remains free to move according to the limitations defined by the implant interface 80 , which includes movement in the axial and radial directions compared to the axis of the positioning system 10 , rotational movement about an axis of the implant 95 , and angular movement that disposes the implant 95 at an angle as compared to the axis of the positioning system 10 .
- the contact between the implant interface 80 and the implant 95 may be minimized.
- the cord 52 may be disposed at the implant interface 80 .
- a distal tip 88 of the cord 52 is positioned in the port 84 of the end cap 81 so that it partially obstructs the port 84 when the cord 52 is at its most distally advanced position in the positioner tube 42 .
- the positioner tube 42 and the end cap 81 cooperatively define a cavity 86 within the implant interface 80 .
- the distal tip 88 of the cord 52 is disposed within the port 84 in the end cap 81 and prevents an enlarged portion, e.g., a ball 96 , carried by a rod 94 engaged by the implant 95 to move distally through the port 84 .
- the cord 52 can extend distally of the ball 96 , and in some embodiments, the cord 52 can terminate radially adjacent the ball 96 . In some embodiments, the cross-sectional dimension of the ball 96 coupled with the cross-sectional dimension of the cord 52 is too large for the ball 96 to pass through the port 84 . In such embodiments, the cord 52 and ball 96 obstruct the port by their engagement with one another proximally of the port 84 .
- the cord 52 is moved in the proximal direction relative to the positioner tube 42 such that the distal tip 88 of the cord 52 is proximal of the port 84 in the end cap 81 and no longer obstructs the port 84 .
- the ball 96 carried by the rod 94 and engaging the implant 95 is free to move distally through the port 84 or, alternatively, the positioner tube 42 or the entire positioner 40 can be moved in the proximal direction to allow the ball 96 to exit the positioner tube 42 .
- the proximal edges of the end cap 81 at the port 84 are rounded or chamfered to facilitate the exit of the ball 96 from the implant interface 80 .
- the distal tip 88 of the cord 52 is not disposed in the port 84 of the end cap 81 but instead abuts against an interior surface of the end cap 81 .
- the diameter or thickness of the distal tip 88 may be sufficient to obstruct the port 84 such that the ball 96 carried by the rod 94 is not able to freely move distally through the port 84 .
- Proximal movement of the distal tip 88 removes the obstruction from the proximal edge of the port 84 , thereby providing a means for the ball 96 carried by the rod 94 to exit the port 84 and detach the implant 95 .
- the implant 95 is detached or otherwise released from the positioner 40 through proximal translation of the cord 52 .
- the cord 52 may be pulled proximally with respect to the implant interface 80 .
- the positioner 40 may be pushed distally such that the implant interface 80 moves distally with respect to the cord 52 .
- detaching the implant 95 from the positioner 40 includes breaking a portion of the cord 52 free from mechanical, welded, or adhesive engagement with the ball 96 or the rod 94 .
- detaching the implant 95 from the positioner 40 includes plastically deforming one of the cord 52 , the ball 96 , or the rod 94 such that mutual engagement between such components is eliminated and the implant 95 is thereby freed. In yet other embodiments, detaching the implant 95 from the positioner 40 includes removing frictional engagement between the cord and one or both of the ball 96 and the rod 94 .
- detaching the implant 95 from the positioner 40 at the implant interface 80 may be realized through an electrolytic process.
- the system 100 has a proximal end 102 a and a distal end 102 b and may include the implant 95 , such as a coiled implant, arranged at or adjacent the distal end 102 b .
- the system 100 may further include the positioner 40 extending from the user in conjunction with the implant interface 80 .
- the implant interface 80 may include a severance module 106 coupled to or otherwise arranged adjacent the implant 95 .
- the system 100 may be a generally elongate structure having a long axis or longitudinal axis 110 where each of the implant 95 , the severance module 106 , and the positioner 40 are axially-offset along said longitudinal axis 110 .
- long axis and “longitudinal axis” are used interchangeably.
- a retaining element 112 may be configured to generally extend along the longitudinal axis 110 of the system 100 from the proximal end 102 a to the distal end 102 b .
- the retaining element 112 may be coupled on one end to the distal end 102 b and to the rod 94 on an opposite end.
- the retaining element 112 may extend through the implant 95 in order to substantially prevent the implant 95 from elongating axially.
- the retaining element 112 extends within contiguous lumens defined within each of the implant 95 and the implant interface 80 .
- proximal and distal are understood in such a way that “proximal” refers to a point situated in a direction away from the target treatment site, that is towards the user interface (for example, the actuator) for the surgeon or user, whereas “distal” points to the treatment site within the organism, i.e., away from the user interface.
- the implant 95 may have a proximal end 202 a and a distal end 202 b .
- the distal end 202 b may include a distal tip 204 coupled or otherwise attached thereto.
- the distal tip 204 is designed as an atraumatic head that prevents damage to the vasculature of the patient while the implant 95 traverses within the patient or otherwise prevents the implant 95 from binding against the inner walls of the vasculature.
- the distal tip 204 may serve as a distal implant marker enabling the implant 95 to be placed in position under radiographic observance.
- the distal tip 204 is made of a platinum/iridium alloy or other radiopaque material, but may be made of other materials or combinations of materials without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the distal tip 204 is made of non-radiopaque polypropylene.
- the implant 95 may be coupled to the positioner 40 via the severance module 106 and/or the implant interface 80 ( FIG. 2 b ).
- the proximal end 202 a is welded at one or more seams 206 in order to be coupled to the severance module 106 .
- the seams 206 may include a mechanical or adhesive attachment means enabling the implant 95 to be coupled or otherwise attached to the positioner 40 via the severance module 106 .
- the coil implant 95 is electrically isolated from the severance module 106 , in one example, by using polymer adhesive as the coupling.
- the implant 95 may be coated with one or more medically-effective substances such as, for example, a thrombogenic agent.
- the implant 95 is made of a wire 208 that has been wound multiple times to form a generally tubular structure.
- the wire 208 is wound so as to form a spiral helix, for example, a spiral helix forming several contiguous loops or windings having a pitch that is constant or alternatively varies over the length of the implant 95 .
- the wire 208 may be formed or otherwise wound into several alternative configurations without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the wire 208 may be made of a nickel-titanium alloy (e.g., nitinol) which possesses both mechanical and thermal shape memory characteristics.
- the wire 208 may be made of any material exhibiting mechanical and/or thermal shape memory characteristics or, alternatively, platinum, platinum alloys, tungsten, tungsten alloys, or other like materials.
- the implant 95 may assume a predetermined, superimposed configuration.
- the term “superimposed” may refer to a shape or configuration that the implant 95 is configured to assume as preprogrammed through one or more heat treatment processes or methods undertaken by the wire 208 .
- the superimposed configuration may include the implant 95 assuming a primary and/or a secondary shape.
- the retaining element 112 extends through the implant 95 and operates to limit longitudinal stretching of the implant 95 .
- the retaining element 112 may have a length that is shorter than a length that the implant 95 may be stretched to which would thereby cause plastic deformation or general unwinding of the implant 95 .
- Many such embodiments are described in U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2010/0030200, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the present disclosure.
- the implant 95 is coupled to, or at least manipulated by, the positioner 40 and implant interface 80 ( FIG. 2 b ) and maneuvered towards the treatment site using the delivery catheter, such as a micro-catheter 14 ( FIG. 1 c ).
- the positioner 40 and the retaining element 112 may be sized such that they can be separately manipulated by the user.
- the positioner 40 and the retaining element 112 are designed as straightforward linear elements that extend proximally through the micro-catheter and ultimately to the user who can simultaneously manipulate them together with the micro-catheter. Having reached the treatment site, the implant 95 accommodating the retaining element 112 is pushed out of the micro-catheter distally and placed in position. Accuracy of the placement may be verified under radiographic observance.
- the predetermined, superimposed configuration of the implant 95 may vary depending on the application or to suit the respective purposes for the system 100 ( FIG. 2 b ).
- the superimposed configuration of the implant 95 may be basket-shaped or tubular, which configurations are particularly effective in occluding vascular malformations.
- the superimposed configuration provides a generally tubular structure which may be employed, for example, as a stent or an aneurysm coil.
- the superimposed configuration may constitute a coil or spring, such as a spiral helix or helical spring.
- These structures exhibit an essentially tubular structure, which is typical of stents and aneurysm coils, and are also advantageously flexible and stable.
- the implant 95 may also exhibit other shapes and/or profiles such as, but not limited to, a profiled section or a folded form.
- implants having a coiled or spring structure may be particularly suited.
- the specific sizing of the implant 95 may be governed by the size of the treatment site or destination vessel and may be easily determined by those skilled in the art.
- the primary shape of the implant 95 may have an outer diameter ranging between about 0.5 mm and about 10 mm. In other embodiments, however, the outer diameter of the implant 95 may be less than about 0.5 mm and greater than about 10 mm, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the wire 208 forming the implant 95 may be of a material that exhibits mechanical and/or thermal shape memory characteristics.
- the wire 208 may be made of platinum or platinum alloys that have undergone a stress relief anneal process configured to help the wire 208 “remember” the superimposed or primary wound shape and automatically expand thereto.
- Wire 208 made of platinum and platinum alloys, or of similar materials, may also undergo stress relief annealing in order to better remember a secondary shape of the implant 95 .
- the wire may be a nickel-titanium alloy and undergo a heat treatment configured to help the alloy remember a preprogrammed shape.
- Such a heat treatment may be comprised of restraining the wire in the desired shape, heat treating the restrained wire, then releasing the restraint.
- the diameter of the wire 208 may range between about 0.03 mm and about 0.3 mm. In other embodiments, the diameter of the wire 208 may range between about 0.05 mm and about 0.2 mm. In at least one embodiment, diameter of the wire 208 may be about 0.06 mm. In yet other embodiments, the diameter of the wire 208 may range from dimensions below about 0.03 mm and above about 0.3 mm, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the implant 95 may be formed as a spiral helix forming several contiguous loops having a pitch that may vary over the length of the implant 95 .
- the pitch of the loops may be reduced from the middle of the implant 95 towards the ends 202 a,b such that there will be a denser loop arrangement in the middle and a less dense loop arrangement at the ends 202 a,b .
- Such embodiments, and variations thereof, are generally explained below with reference to FIG. 14 .
- the positioner 40 (in conjunction with the implant interface 80 ) may introduce the implant 95 into body vessels and cavities.
- the positioner 40 is a tubular structure or some other linear element that defines an inner lumen 114 .
- the positioner 40 and the implant 95 may be connected via the severance module 106 included in the implant interface 80 .
- any connection that can be effectively detached from the implant 95 may be suitable for use as the implant interface 80 .
- the severance module 106 for instance, may be suited for any kind of implant detachment or severance.
- the severance module 106 may be designed for, but not limited to, mechanical, thermal, or electrochemical (e.g., electrolytic) detachment.
- electrochemical e.g., electrolytic
- Various exemplary mechanical detachment embodiments that may be used in conjunction with the system 100 are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/297,419, which published as U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2010/0030200, the contents of which are incorporated by reference, as stated above.
- the severance module 106 may require a voltage source and a cathode.
- the positioner 40 may include an insulating sleeve 116 shrink-fitted onto the outer surface of the positioner 40 and used, for example, to prevent the positioner 40 from corroding electrolytically.
- the implant 95 may serve as an anode and be slidably-arranged within the catheter.
- the severance module 106 has a severance location 120 that is electrolytically-corrodible so that when in contact with a bodily fluid or the like, the implant 95 will be detached by electrolytic processes.
- the sizing of the severance module 106 and/or of the helix forming the implant 95 may be selected such that it only represents a minimum length of the implant 95 and in this way will not impede the placement process.
- the implant 95 is positioned in front of the aneurysm entry point by slidingly moving the positioner 40 within the vasculature (not shown). Once the fully-shaped implant 95 has been optimally positioned, it may be detached from the positioner 40 . The implant 95 will then remain in the aneurysm, causing the aneurysm to be occluded.
- the multifilar coil 304 may be similar in some respects to the coil implant 95 generally described above with reference to FIGS. 2 a - c . As such, the multifilar coil 304 may be adapted to replace or otherwise supplement the previously-described coil implant 90 , and thereby be used in conjunction with the systems 10 , 100 generally described herein. Accordingly, the multifilar coil 304 and its application may be best understood with reference to the discussion surrounding FIGS. 2 a - c.
- the multifilar coil 304 may be made from multiple filaments 302 consecutively and helically wound about a longitudinal axis 306 .
- the multifilar coil 304 is quadrafilar, i.e., having four different types, configurations, and/or lengths of filaments 302 wound together as a group, namely, a first filament 302 A, a second filament 302 B, a third filament 302 C, and a fourth filament 308 D.
- the grouping of filaments 302 A-D may be consecutively wound in a helical pattern around the longitudinal axis 306 .
- other embodiments may include more or less than four filaments 302 A-D.
- the multifilar coil 304 may equally be bifilar, trifilar, or include more than four types or configurations of filaments 302 , without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the filaments 302 A-D may be substantially similar to the wire 208 described above with reference to FIG. 2 c , such as lengths of wire wound multiple times to form a generally tubular structure.
- the filaments 302 A-D may be made of shape memory materials, such as nitinol.
- one or more of the filaments 302 A-D may be made of metals or metal alloys, such as platinum, and may be coated with one or more medically-effective substances such as, for example, a thrombogenic agent.
- one or more of the filaments 302 may be made of a biologically-active material.
- At least one filament 302 may include a fibrin-coated strand to encourage speedier tissue overgrowth, or more speedy or complete clotting at the treatment site.
- other filaments 302 A-D may be made of biologically-active (e.g., biodegradable, bioerodible, etc.) materials, such as polyglycolic acid (PGA) or polyglycolide, or poly(lactic) acid (PLA) or polylactide or polycaprolactone.
- PGA polyglycolic acid
- PLA poly(lactic) acid
- One or more of the filaments 302 A-D may be made of a combination of materials, for example an alloy of PGA/PLA, intended to facilitate similar goals.
- filaments 302 made of biologically-active materials may be too pliant or soft to form a suitable unifilar coil. However, such materials may be viable components and/or additions to a multifilar coil 304 having one or more other rigid filaments 302 that serve to form a structurally-acceptable coil. The incorporation of a filament 302 made of biologically-active materials may confer suitable biological properties over the length of the multifilar coil 304 .
- each of the filaments 302 A-D are made of platinum wire.
- the first, second, and third filaments 302 A-C are made of platinum wire
- the fourth filament 302 D is made of a PGA, PLA, or PGA/PLA monofilament.
- the first, third, and fourth filaments 302 A,C,D are made of platinum wire
- the second filament 302 B is platinum wire coated with one or more medically-effective substances.
- the first, second, and fourth filaments 302 A,B,D are made of a nitinol wire
- the third filament 302 C is made of a platinum wire.
- the first and third filaments 302 A,C are made of a platinum wire
- the second filament 302 B is made of nitinol
- the fourth filament 302 D is a PGA, PLA, or PGA/PLA monofilament.
- many other configurations of materials for each filament 302 A-D may be employed, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- each filament 302 A-D may be the same or varied when compared with adjacent filaments 302 A-D or any of the filaments within the grouping of filaments 302 A-D.
- the filaments 302 A-D may be lengths of ribbon having a substantially rectangular cross-sectional shape. In either event, as illustrated, the filaments 302 A-D may be consecutively arranged substantially adjacent to each other along the length of the multifilar coil 304 .
- the first filament 302 A generally interposes the fourth and second filaments 302 D, 302 B
- the second filament 302 B generally interposes the first and third filaments 302 A, 302 C
- the third filament 302 C generally interposes the second and fourth filaments 302 B, 302 D
- the fourth filament 302 D generally interposes the third and first filaments 302 C, 302 A.
- the filaments 302 A-D are arranged in a repeating A-B-C-D winding pattern along the length of the multifilar coil 304 .
- characteristics of the filaments 304 A-D may affect the performance, flexibility, or bendability of the multifilar coil 304 .
- the material, cross-sectional shape, diameter, surface finish, shape, and/or size of each filament 304 A-D may be manipulated in order to optimize flexibility of the coil 304 .
- Whether the filament 302 A-D has undergone one or more heat treatment processes may also be a factor affecting flexibility.
- Various cross-sectional shapes of the filaments 302 A-D may be used such as, but not limited to, oval, round, star, or polygonal. In some embodiments, these characteristics may be the same or varied in each filament 304 A-D in order to achieve a desired flexibility of the multifilar coil 304 .
- filaments 304 A-D may also serve to achieve a desired increase in the axial stretch resistance of the multifilar coil 304 , and a reduction in the respective axial bending and buckling resistances of the multifilar coil 304 .
- the pitch between adjacent filaments 302 may also be varied in order to adjust the flexibility of the multifilar coil 304 .
- the adjacent filaments 302 A-D may be in contact with each other along the length of the multifilar coil 304 . In other embodiments, however, the pitch between adjacent filaments 302 A-D may be increased such that a gap is formed therebetween. Such an embodiment is generally described in more detail below with respect to FIG. 14 .
- the term “adjacent” does not necessarily mean “contacting,” but may mean near but not in biasing engagement.
- multifilar coils may have a increased pitch length as compared to conventional unifilar coils and, therefore, for a given primary wire diameter, may be stiffer than unifilar coils. Also, multifilar coils generally offer additional design flexibility as compared to unifilar coils.
- the multifilar coil 404 may be substantially similar to the multifilar coil 304 described above with reference to FIG. 3 and may therefore be best understood with reference to FIG. 3 , where like numerals and references refer to like components that will not be described again in detail.
- the multifilar coil 404 may be characterized generally as a quadrifilar coil that includes two interwound bifilar coils and/or lengths of filaments 302 .
- the multifilar coil 404 may include an arrangement of the first and second filaments 302 A and 302 B, respectively, where a plurality 402 a of adjacent first filaments 302 A is followed by a plurality 402 b of adjacent second filaments 302 B in a repeating configuration along the length of the multifilar coil 404 .
- the multifilar coil 404 may include the use of more than two interwound multifilar filaments 302 and therefore include more than two corresponding and repeating pluralities 402 .
- the multifilar coil 404 may include between about two and about twelve filament 302 types or configurations, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the filaments may be arranged at an angle ⁇ with respect to the longitudinal axis 306 .
- Multifilar coils that have lateral bending characteristics that are more coil-like will have filaments arranged at angle ⁇ 45° to the longitudinal axis 306 .
- Multifilar coils that have lateral bending characteristics that are more beam-like will have filaments arranged at angle ⁇ 45° to the longitudinal axis 306 .
- the coil designer has several choices: a) round the number of filaments 30 to the integer below, thereby reducing the coil primary diameter; b) round the number of filaments 302 to the integer below and also increase the filament diameter in order to preserve the coil primary diameter; c) round the number of filaments 302 to the integer above, thereby increasing the coil primary diameter; and d) round the number of filaments 302 to the integer above and reduce the filament diameter in order to preserve the coil primary diameter.
- filaments 302 having differing diameters from one to another and non-circular cross sectional shapes may also be used, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the number of such filaments 302 may be calculated according to the principles discussed herein for circular cross-section filaments 302 .
- the first plurality 402 a may include two consecutive and adjacent loops or coils of first filaments 302 A
- the second plurality 402 b may include two consecutive and adjacent loops or coils of second filaments 302 B.
- the filaments 302 A-B may be arranged in a repeating A-A-B-B loop or winding pattern along the length of the multifilar coil 404 , and the pluralities 402 a,b correspondingly repeat this pattern contiguously. It will be appreciated that more than two windings of each filament 302 A-B may be included in each plurality 402 a,b , respectively, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- at least one of the pluralities 402 a,b may include a solitary filament 302 while the other plurality includes a solitary filament or multiple filaments 302 .
- Embodiments contemplated herein further include more than two pluralities 402 a,b of adjacent filaments 302 extending contiguously and repeating along the length of the multifilar coil 404 .
- embodiments are contemplated where there are continuous pluralities 402 of adjacent filaments 302 that include multiple loops or windings of each of the filaments 302 A-D ( FIG. 3 ) disclosed herein, or additional filaments not particularly disclosed herein.
- the first filaments 302 A may exhibit a substantially equal first filament lateral flexibility and at least two of the second filaments 302 B may have a second lateral flexibility.
- lateral flexibility may refer to a relative bendability of a filament away from its longitudinal axis and may also include a relative bendability of one or more helically wound filaments as they bend away from a central longitudinal axis of a helically wound coil made of the one or more filaments. Lateral flexibility may be tested, for example, by standard tests such as a 3-point bending test. The first filaments 302 A may exhibit a different flexibility or bendability when compared with the second filaments 302 B.
- the first filament lateral flexibility of the first filaments 302 A may be different than the second filament lateral flexibility of the second filaments 302 B, such that the second filament lateral flexibility is less than the first filament lateral flexibility.
- the respective flexibilities may be at least partially based on several factors including, but not limited to, the diameter of the filament 302 A-B, the material composition of the filament 302 A-B, whether the filament 302 A-B has undergone heat treatment, etc.
- the first filament lateral flexibility of the first filaments 302 A may be greater than the second filament lateral flexibility of the second filaments 302 B, such as by about two times greater, about three times greater, about five times greater, or about ten times greater.
- the first filament lateral flexibility of the first filaments 302 A may be greater than the second filament lateral flexibility of the second filaments 302 B by about 50 ⁇ , 100 ⁇ , 500 ⁇ , 1000 ⁇ , 2000 ⁇ , or more than 2000 ⁇ the second filament flexibility.
- the differences in respective filament lateral flexibilities may be adjusted or otherwise designed to meet specific application parameters and are not to be limited to only the multiples disclosed herein.
- a useful index or formula that may be used to determine filament flexibility is E*I, where E is the Young's Modulus of the filament material, I is the second moment of area of the particular filament 302 , and E*I is the mathematical product of the two.
- E the Young's Modulus for various materials is tabulated below in Table 2:
- the filament flexibilities of two filaments can be compared using the formula (E 1 *I 1 )/(E 2 *I 2 ); where E 1 and E 2 are the corresponding Young's Modulus for the first and second filaments, respectively, and I 1 and I 2 are the second moment of area for the first and second filaments, respectively.
- the two filaments have the same cross-sectional shape and size, then they will have the same second moment of area. If the two filaments are made of different materials then the two wires will exhibit different moduli, and the comparative expression would be reduced to E 1 /E 2 . Accordingly, using this expression, platinum has a filament flexibility that is 700 times less (168/0.24) than that of PGA. Similarly, tungsten has a filament flexibility that is 2.4 times less (411/168) than that of platinum. If the two filaments have a different cross-sectional shape and/or size then the second moment of area in lateral bending will need to be calculated for each of the two filaments, and the results can be entered into the equation above.
- each plurality 402 a,b may correspondingly provide a distinct region along the length of the multifilar coil 404 that exhibits a discrete flexibility analogous to the filament lateral flexibility of its respective component filaments 302 A-B.
- a first region 406 a along the length of the multifilar coil 404 may be a helically wound region that is defined by at least a portion of the helically wound first filaments 302 A, and this first region 406 a may exhibit a first coil flexibility over the axial length corresponding to the first region 406 a , or the first region's 406 a helical axial length.
- a second region 406 b juxtaposed adjacent the first region 406 a , may be a helically wound region that is defined by at least a portion of the helically wound second filaments 302 B, and this second region 406 b may exhibit a second coil flexibility over the axial length corresponding to the second region 406 b .
- the first and second regions 406 a,b may be sized substantially equally, e.g., having substantially equal length, along the long axis of the coil 404 .
- the regions 406 a,b may have the same number of filaments having the same diameter, or regions 406 a,b may have different numbers of filaments and/or different diameters.
- the first and second regions 406 a,b may be sized differently along the length of the coil 404 .
- the lengths and/or diameters of the regions 406 a,b can be different from each other, and/or the numbers of filaments employed may be different.
- the first coil flexibility corresponding to the first region 406 a may be greater than the second coil flexibility corresponding to the second region 406 b , depending on the characteristics of the filaments 302 A,B, and thereby permitting the helically wound first region 406 a to bend or flex to a greater degree than the helically wound second region 406 b .
- the first coil flexibility may be greater than the second coil flexibility, such as by about two times greater, about three times greater, about five times greater, or about ten times greater.
- the helical axial length of the first region 406 a may have a greater tendency to bend or flex than the helical axial length of the second region 406 b when a force is applied to the coil 404 . Consequently, the coil will have a direction of easy lateral bending, along the helical axial length, that corresponds to a radial direction from the axis toward the first pluralities 2006 a.
- the multifilar coil 404 may include a series of contiguous first and second pluralities 402 a,b spanning a portion of the axial length of the coil 404 , and thereby providing a corresponding series of first and second coil regions 406 a,b , respectively.
- each of the first and second pluralities 402 a,b may include three adjacent filaments 302 A,B, respectively.
- a force 408 applied to the multifilar coil 404 will cause the coil 404 to bend or flex.
- the force 408 is a lateral force applied normal to the longitudinal axis 306 , thereby forcing the multifilar coil 404 to bend in a first direction 410 and result in a generally convex radial portion 412 a and a generally concave radial portion 412 b.
- the first regions 402 a in the concave portion 412 b will preferentially bend or flex (in torsion) before the second regions 402 b bend or flex.
- the adjacent filaments 302 A begin to separate from each other by a first distance 414 in the convex portion 412 a .
- adjacent filaments 302 A,B in adjacent first and second pluralities 402 a,b may also begin to separate from each other by a second distance 416 .
- the second distance 416 may be less than the first distance 414 .
- adjacent filaments 302 B in an adjacent second plurality 402 b may begin to separate from each other by a third distance 418 , where the third distance 418 may be less than the first distance 414 and may be less than the second distance 416 .
- the multifilar coil 404 may include a proximal end region 404 a and a distal end region 404 b .
- the proximal end region 404 a couples to a delivery device (not shown), such as the positioner 40 in conjunction with the implant interface 80 described above with reference to FIGS. 2 a - c , or other devices known in the art or otherwise described herein.
- the multifilar coil 504 may be substantially similar to the multifilar coils 304 and 404 described above with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4 , respectively and therefore may be best understood with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4 , where like numerals and references refer to like components that will not be described again.
- the multifilar coil 504 may be formed from multiple filaments 302 A-D wrapped helically about the longitudinal axis 306 . As with prior embodiments, more or less than the four distinct filaments 302 A-D shown in FIG. 5 may be employed, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the multifilar coil 504 may include multiple bending regions extending along the length of the coil 504 .
- the multifilar coil 504 may include a first bending region 502 a , a second bending region 502 b , a third bending region 502 c , and a fourth bending region 502 d .
- the first bending region 502 a may include one or more loops formed from each of the first, second, third, and fourth filaments 302 A-D contiguously arranged and repeating a predetermined loop pattern, such as A-B-C-D. It will be appreciated that several variations in the number of filaments 302 A-D and corresponding loops or windings may be included in the first bending region 502 a .
- the loop pattern resulting from the combination of filaments 302 A-D may be repeated multiple times, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the pitch between adjacent filaments 302 A-D may be manipulated (e.g., increased or decreased) so as to adjust or otherwise optimize the bendability or flexibility across the first bending region 502 a.
- one or more of the filaments 302 A-D in the first bending region 502 a may terminate distally and thereafter cease to wind contiguously with the remaining filaments 302 A-D.
- the fourth filament 302 D may terminate at the distal end of the first bending region 502 a and as a result is not present thereafter in the second, third, or fourth bending regions 502 b - d , but instead leaves a gap 506 between the first and second bending regions 502 a,b and in subsequent bending regions, such as between the second and third bending regions 502 b,c.
- the second bending region 502 b may include one or more loops formed from each of the first, second, and third filaments 302 A-C contiguously arranged and repeating a predetermined loop pattern, such as A-B-C. While only one occurrence of the loop pattern A-B-C is depicted in FIG. 5 , it will be appreciated that the loop pattern A-B-C may be repeated multiple times within the second bending region 502 b . As a result, the gap 506 formed by the termination of the fourth filament 302 D may also be repeated a corresponding number of times within the second bending region 502 b , while the pitch of the remaining filaments 302 A-C remains constant.
- one or more of the filaments 302 A-C in the second bending region 502 b may terminate at the distal end of 502 b and thereafter cease to wind contiguously with the remaining filaments 302 A&C.
- the second filament 302 B may be configured to terminate at the distal end of the second bending region 502 b and thereafter is not present in the third or fourth bending regions 502 c,d but instead leaves one or more gaps 508 .
- the third bending region 502 c may include one or more loops formed from each of the first and third filaments 302 A,C contiguously arranged and repeating a predetermined loop pattern A-C-A-C, while the pitch of the first and third filaments 302 A,C remains constant.
- the third filament 302 C terminates at the distal end of the third bending region 502 c , such that the fourth bending region 502 d is formed by a monofilament loop of the first filament 302 A. Termination of the third filament 302 C results in the formation of one or more gaps 510 being formed contiguously with the gaps 506 and 508 formed by the termination of the fourth and second filaments 302 D and 302 B, respectively. While only one loop of the first filament 302 A is depicted in the fourth bending region 502 d , it will be appreciated that several first filament 302 A loops or windings may be repeated multiple times within the fourth bending region 502 d , without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- one or more of the gaps 506 , 508 , 510 can be reduced in width or can be eliminated by axially compressing the coil 504 .
- the filaments 302 A-D may be in contact with or substantially adjacent to each other.
- FIG. 6 illustrated is an exemplary coiled implant 604 , according to one or more embodiments disclosed.
- the coiled implant 604 may be similar in some respects to the implant 95 disclosed in FIGS. 2 a - 2 c and the multifilar coils 304 , 404 , and 504 disclosed in FIGS. 4 a , 4 b , and 5 , respectively. Accordingly, the coiled implant 604 may be best understood with reference to FIGS. 2 a - 5 , where like numerals and references correspond to like components that will not be described again.
- the coiled implant 604 may include an outer coil 602 and an inner coil 606 , where the inner coil 606 may be at least partially nested within the outer coil 602 and concentric therewith about the longitudinal axis 306 .
- the outer coil 602 may be characterized as a multifilar coil, having at least two distinct filaments 302 , such as first and second filaments 302 A,B, extending helically about the longitudinal axis 306 along the length of the outer coil 602 .
- the outer coil 602 may be characterized as an unifilar coil having a solitary monofilament or may include more than two filaments 302 A,B.
- the first and second filaments 302 A,B may be made of the same or different materials or otherwise exhibit the same or different structural characteristics, as described above. As a result, the first and second filaments 302 A,B may exhibit the same or different filament lateral flexibilities or stiffness.
- the first filament 302 A may be more rigid or stiff than the second filament 302 B, but in other embodiments, the second filament 302 B may be more rigid than the first filament 302 A.
- the pitch between adjacent loops or filaments 302 A,B may also affect the flexibility of the outer coil 602 . While the filaments 302 A,B are depicted in FIG. 6 as being in close contact one with another, embodiments contemplated herein include a greater pitch between adjacent filament 302 A,B loops or windings. In some embodiments, the pitch of the inner coil 606 is sufficiently different relative to the pitch of the outer coil 602 such that the turns of the outer coil 602 are substantially prevented from radially slipping past one another and into the volume enclosed by the outer coil 602 .
- the inner coil 606 may be wound in a more axial direction than the winding direction of the outer coil 602 , otherwise the turns of the outer coil 602 may risk radially slipping in between the turns of the inner coil 606 . In one or more embodiments, this can be accomplished where the pitch of the inner coil 606 is at least 2 times more (e.g., 3 times, 4 times, 5 times, 6 times, etc.) than the pitch of the outer coil 602 .
- one turn of an inner coil 606 filament may be configured to span several outer coil 602 filaments 302 A,B, and they will cross at sufficient non-parallel angles to prevent or reduce the likelihood of radial passage of the outer coil 602 filament 302 A,B into the volume enclosed by the outer coil 602 .
- filaments 302 A,B may be used in the outer coil 602 , without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- first and second filaments 302 A,B are depicted as alternating single loops along the length of the outer coil 602 , it will further be appreciated that the filaments 302 A,B may be arranged into groupings or pluralities, such as the pluralities 406 a,b described above with reference to FIGS. 4 a and 4 b .
- the outer coil 602 may be configured to bend in a manner substantially similar to the coil 404 , as described above with reference to FIG. 4 b where the outer coil 602 has regions of varying flexibilities that permit bending relative to the long axis to different degrees, depending on the lateral filament flexibility of the filaments 302 spanning the regions.
- the inner coil 606 may be characterized as a unifilar coil made of a single filament 302 , such as the third filament 302 C, wound helically about the longitudinal axis 306 .
- the inner coil 606 may equally be characterized as a multifilar coil having more than one type or configuration of filament 302 forming contiguous or alternating windings along the longitudinal axis 306 .
- the inner coil 606 may include a first region 608 a and a second region 608 b .
- the first region 608 a may be arranged substantially outside of the outer coil 602 and the second region 608 b may be arranged substantially inside the outer coil 602 .
- the pitch between adjacent windings of the filament 302 C may be substantially the same across the length of the inner coil 606 . In some embodiments, however, the pitch between adjacent windings of the filament 302 C in the first region 608 a may be different than the pitch between adjacent windings in the second region 608 b .
- the windings of the filament 302 C in the second region 608 b may have a pitch that results in the formation of a gap 610 between each adjacent winding.
- the width of the gap 610 may be varied. In some embodiments, for instance, the width of the gap 610 may be about 20% of the width of the third filament 302 C.
- the width of the gap 610 may be about 40%, about 60%, about 80%, about 100%, about 150%, or about 200% of the width of the third filament 302 C.
- the pitch or gap 610 of the inner coil 606 may be at least twice the pitch of the outer coil 602 .
- the inner coil 606 biases the inner surface of the outer coil 602 across the second region 608 b .
- Mutual engagement between the inner surface of the outer coil 602 and the outer surface of the inner coil 606 may provide several advantages. For example, mutual engagement may allow for or otherwise provide a torquable coil 604 . Furthermore, mutual engagement may also prevent radial coil slippage and also provide a helically changing direction of easier lateral bending.
- the inner coil 606 is dextrorotary and the outer coil 602 is levorotary. In other embodiments, the inner coil 606 is levorotary and the outer coil 602 is dextrorotary.
- inner coil 606 may be arranged within the outer coil 602 .
- one or more inner coils 606 may be arranged with the outer coil 602 such that one inner coil 606 is partially nested within one end of the outer coil 602 and another inner coil 606 is partially nested within the opposing end of the outer coil 602 .
- the inner coil 606 may have another inner coil (not shown) arranged at least partially within the inner coil 606 .
- the inner coil 606 may be formed in various configurations including, but not limited to, those described herein below, especially in FIGS. 7-17 and 20 a - d.
- FIGS. 7 a , 7 b , and 7 c illustrated are exemplary filament winding shapes, according to one or more embodiments disclosed.
- FIG. 7 a depicts a star filament winding shape 700 a
- FIG. 7 b depicts a generally oval filament winding shape 700 b
- FIG. 7 c depicts a generally rectangular filament winding shape 700 c .
- Each filament winding shape 700 a - c may be generally orthogonal to the longitudinal axis 306 ( FIG.
- filament winding shapes 700 a - c are shown merely by example, and should not be considered as the only filament winding shapes contemplated. In alternative embodiments, for example, any rounded, polygonal, combination rounded/polygonal, or multi-faceted shape may be used as a filament winding shape, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- Exemplary filament winding shapes may include, but are not limited to, triangular shapes, curved shapes, circular shapes, oval shapes, elliptical shapes, combinations thereof, or the like.
- the star filament winding shape 700 a is formed in the general shape of a five-pointed star.
- the coil implant 95 , 604 and/or multifilar coil 304 , 404 , 504 exhibiting the star filament winding shape 700 a may be able to provide more material within a given diameter, and as a result there will be greater volume filling of the aneurysm for a given primary diameter of the filament used.
- the star filament winding shape 700 a uses more filament wire length per unit length as compared to other filament winding shapes, which translates into more softness along the axial length of the coil implant 95 , 604 and/or multifilar coil 304 , 404 , 504 .
- an exemplary coil 804 that may exhibit or otherwise provide two or more filament winding shapes along its axial length, according to one or more embodiments of the disclosure.
- the coil 804 may be substantially similar to, or at least exemplary of, one or more of the coil implants 95 , 604 and/or multifilar coils 304 , 404 , 504 described herein. Accordingly, the following description equally applies to the coil implants 95 , 604 and/or multifilar coils 304 , 404 , 504 , or any of the subsequently described implants and coils, where like numerals represent like components that will not be described again.
- the coil 804 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one or more filaments 302 about the longitudinal axis 306 .
- the coil 804 may define a first segment 802 a and a second segment 802 b .
- the first and second segments 802 a,b may be spaced apart along the longitudinal axis 306 , but may nonetheless be contiguously connected as integral portions of the coil 804 .
- the coil 804 may include more than two segments 802 a,b , without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the first segment 802 a may have a filament winding shape that is different than the filament winding shape of the second segment 802 b .
- the first segment 802 a may define a first filament winding shape 700 d and the second segment 802 b may define a second filament winding shape 700 e .
- the first filament winding shape 700 d is formed in a generally hexagonal shape, as shown taken along lines A-A
- the second filament winding shape 700 e is formed in a generally octagonal shape, as shown taken along lines B-B.
- the first filament winding shape 700 d may transition to the second filament winding shape 700 e at a central point or location 806 along the length of the coil 804 such that the windings or loops of the filament 302 axially continue uninterrupted along the length of the coil 804 .
- the location 806 of transition may be varied to fit any particular application.
- the second filament winding 700 e may be different than the first filament winding shape 700 d , irrespective of the angular orientation about the longitudinal axis 306 of the first filament winding shape 700 d with respect to the second filament winding shape 700 e , and irrespective of the relative sizes of the first and second filament winding shapes 700 d,e.
- each of the filament winding shapes 700 a - e may be formed in various ways.
- the shapes may be formed by winding the filament 302 using a mandrel-less winder (not shown).
- the shape may be achieved by crimping the filaments 302 using, for example, a crimping die.
- the first filament winding shape 700 d may be formed by crimping the filament 302 of the first segment 802 a using a first crimping die 808 a , which corresponds to the desired filament shape over the first segment 802 a (e.g., hexagonal).
- the second filament winding shape 700 e may be formed by crimping the filament 302 of the second segment 802 b using a second crimping die 808 b , which corresponds to the desired filament shape over the second segment 802 b (e.g., octagonal).
- the crimping dies 808 a,b are used in conjunction with heat treatment techniques in order to ensure a properly formed filament winding shape 700 a - e .
- the dies 808 a,b may be applied randomly or otherwise used at various discrete points along the length of the coil 804 in order to form varying segments of shaped filaments 302 .
- varying the filament winding shapes 700 a - e along the length of the coil 804 may result in a varied lateral flexibility of the coil 804 .
- the overall flexibility of the coil 804 may be manipulated in the axial direction depending on the specific filament winding shape 700 a - e used or otherwise applied.
- the filament winding shapes 700 a - e may be continuously variable along the length of the coil 804 .
- FIG. 9 illustrated is another exemplary coil 904 that may be used in conjunction with the systems 10 , 100 ( FIGS. 2 a - c ), according to one or more embodiments.
- the coil 904 may be substantially similar to, or at least exemplary of, one or more of the coil implants 95 , 604 and/or coils 304 , 404 , 504 , 804 described herein. Accordingly, the following description equally applies to the various embodiments of coil implants 95 , 604 and/or multifilar coils 304 , 404 , 504 , 804 described herein, or any of the subsequently described implants and coils. Moreover, like numerals and references used from prior figures will not be described again in detail.
- the coil 904 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one or more filaments 302 about the longitudinal axis 306 .
- the filaments 302 may be wound singularly, in duplicate, triplicate, etc., or in groupings or pluralities as described above with reference to FIG. 4 a , without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the coil 904 may include one or more regions having varying cross-sectional diameters.
- the coil 904 may include a first region 902 a , a second region 902 b , a third region 902 c , and a fourth region 902 d axially-spaced along the length of the coil 904 .
- the regions 902 a - d are contiguous portions of the coil 904 , such that the windings or loops of the filament 302 axially continue uninterrupted along the length of the coil 904 .
- the regions 902 a - d form a pattern that may be repeated along the length of the coil 904 .
- the repeating pattern may include a larger diameter region, such as the first or third regions 902 a,c , followed by a smaller diameter region, such as the second or fourth regions 902 b,d , and repeated multiple times to a desired coil 904 length.
- the first region 902 a may exhibit a first cross-sectional diameter 906 and the fourth region 902 d may exhibit a second cross-sectional diameter 908 .
- the third region 902 c may also exhibit the first cross-sectional diameter 906 and the second region 902 b may also exhibit the second cross-sectional diameter 908 .
- the respective cross-sectional diameters for the first and third regions 902 a,c may be different, and the respective cross-sectional diameters for the second and fourth regions 902 b,d may be different.
- the cross-sectional diameters for the first and third regions 902 a,c may be greater than the cross-sectional diameters for the second and fourth regions 902 b,d .
- the respective cross-sectional diameters for each region 902 a - d are possible, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- Each region 902 a - d may also exhibit a respective axial length.
- the second region 902 b may exhibit a first axial length 910 and the third region 902 c may exhibit a second axial length 912 .
- the first and fourth regions 902 a,d may also exhibit either the first or second axial lengths 910 , 912 , but in other embodiments, the first and fourth regions 902 a,d may exhibit respective axial lengths that are different than either the first or second axial lengths 910 , 912 , and either the same or different from each other.
- several variations in respective axial lengths for each region 902 a - d are possible, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- each transition region 914 a - c may provide an abrupt or sudden transition from either the first cross-sectional diameter 906 to the second cross-sectional diameter 908 , or from the second cross-sectional diameter 908 to the first the cross-sectional diameter 906 .
- the abrupt transition of each transition region 914 a - c may occur over an axial length spanning one or two or more windings of the filament 302 . As a result, the abrupt transition may be considered a step-wise transition in some applications.
- the transition regions 914 a - c may be configured to provide an added amount of softness or flexibility to the coil 904 along its axial length.
- the transition regions 914 a - c may also provide break points where the coil 904 may be segmented for use at the proposed treatment site.
- the larger-diameter regions along the length of the coil 904 such as the first and third regions 902 a,c , may be configured to provide the break points in the coil 904
- the smaller diameter regions along the length of the coil 904 such as the second and fourth regions 902 b,d , may be configured to find spaces to fill within the volume of the deployed coil 904 .
- the pitch of the coil 904 may be constant or varied along its entire length, depending on the application, in order to vary the overall flexibility of the coil 904 .
- the coil 904 may further be able to provide an added amount of axial flexibility apart from the lateral flexibility exhibited.
- the respective diameters for the first and third regions 902 a,c may be sufficiently large to be able to at least partially receive the second and fourth regions 902 b,d , respectively, therein.
- the second and fourth regions 902 b,d may be able to be axially pressed a distance into the respective inner lumens defined by the first and third regions 902 a,c.
- FIG. 10 illustrated is another exemplary coil 1004 that may be used in conjunction with the systems 10 , 100 , according to one or more embodiments.
- the coil 1004 may be similar in some respects to the coil 904 described above in FIG. 9 and therefore may be best understood with reference to FIG. 9 , where like numerals represent like components that will not be described again in detail.
- the coil 1004 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one or more filaments 302 about the longitudinal axis 306 , and may define one or more regions having varying cross-sectional diameters.
- the coil 1004 may include a first region 1002 a , a second region 1002 b , a third region 1002 c , a fourth region 1002 d , and a fifth region 1002 e , where each region 1002 a - e is axially-spaced along the length of the coil 1004 and exhibits the same or differing cross-sectional diameters.
- the regions 1002 a - e are contiguous portions of the coil 1004 , such that the windings or loops of the filament 302 axially continue uninterrupted along the length of the coil 1004 .
- the coil 1004 may have a proximal side 1004 a and a distal side 1004 b .
- the distal side 1004 b may be the distal end or tip of the coil 1004
- the distal end 1001 of the filament 302 may be turned into the interior of the coil 1004 .
- the side 1004 b may be the proximal end of the coil 1004 .
- each region 1002 a - e in the coil 1004 may exhibit an axial length, such as a first axial length 1006 a as exhibited by the first region 1002 a , a second axial length 1006 b as exhibited by the second region 1002 b , a third axial length 1006 c as exhibited by the third region 1002 c , and a fourth axial length 1006 d as exhibited by the fourth region 1002 d .
- the respective axial lengths 1006 a - d may be varied. In other embodiments, however, one or more of the axial lengths 1006 a - d may be same or substantially the same.
- several variations in respective axial lengths 1006 a - d for each region 1002 a - e are possible, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the coil 1004 may further define transition regions 1008 a , 1008 b , 1008 c , and 1008 d between the first and second regions 1002 a,b , between the second and third regions 1002 b,c , between the third and fourth regions 1002 c,d , and between the fourth and fifth regions 1002 d,e , respectively. Similar to the transition regions 914 a - c described above with reference to FIG. 9 , the transition regions 1008 a - c may be characterized as abrupt transition regions where the cross-sectional diameter of one of the regions 1002 a - d suddenly changes to a smaller or larger cross-sectional diameter of an adjacent region 1002 a - d . The transition region 1008 d between the fourth and fifth regions 1002 d,e , however, may provide a tapering or gradual transition between adjacent regions 1002 d,e.
- transition regions 1102 a ( FIG. 11 a ) and 1102 b ( FIG. 11 b ) along the length of a coil 1104 , according to one or more embodiments.
- the transition regions 1102 a,b may be somewhat similar to the transition region 1008 d of FIG. 10 in that there is a tapering or otherwise gradual transition from one region to another along the length of the coil 1104 .
- the transition regions 1102 a,b provide a tapering transition from a proximal region 1106 a to a middle region 1106 b formed on the coil 1104 .
- the transition regions 1102 a,b may be formed between any region on the coil 1104 , without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the tapering regions 1102 a,b may be formed between the middle region 1106 b and an adjacent distal region 1106 c .
- the tapering regions 1102 a,b may be formed on a distal end portion of the coil 1104 or a proximal end portion of the coil 1104 , in one example thereby tapering one or more ends of the coil 1104 to a generally closed configuration.
- opposing tapering regions 1102 a,b may be arranged throughout middle portions 1106 b of the coil 1104 along its length, thereby providing an undulating middle portion 1106 b.
- the transition region 1102 a may extend over or otherwise span a first axial distance 1110 a along the length of the coil 1104 .
- the transition region 1102 b may extend over or otherwise span a second axial distance 1110 b along the length of the coil 1104 .
- the first and second axial distances 1110 a,b may be different.
- the first transition region 1102 a may taper across the axial span of approximately two filament 302 windings or otherwise over at least two 360° turns of the winding.
- the second transition region 1102 b may be configured to provide a gradual transition that spans across at least three filament 302 windings or otherwise over at least three 360° turns of the winding. Accordingly, the second axial distance 1110 b will generally be greater than the first axial distance 1110 a , assuming the same size of filament 302 is used to form the coils 1104 .
- the tapering transition spanning the transition regions 1102 a,b may be generally linear. In other embodiments, however, the tapering transition spanning the transition regions 1102 a,b may be generally non-linear, such as, but not limited to, following an exponential, quadratic, or square root function as it tapers between the adjacent regions 1106 a,b . In at least one embodiment, one or both of the transition regions 1102 a,b may taper over an extended length of the coil 1104 , such as over a fourth, a third, or half of the entire axial length of the coil 1104 . In yet further embodiments, the transition regions 1102 a,b may include at least one step-wise change (not shown) across the axial length 1106 a,b.
- FIG. 12 illustrated is another exemplary coil 1204 that may be used in conjunction with the systems 10 , 100 ( FIGS. 2 a - c ), according to one or more embodiments.
- the coil 1204 may be similar in some respects to the coil 904 described above with reference to FIG. 9 . Accordingly, the coil 1204 may be best understood with reference to FIG. 9 , where like numerals represent like components that will not be described again in detail.
- the coil 1204 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one or more filaments 302 about the longitudinal axis 306 , and define the first, second, third, and fourth regions 902 a - d having varying cross-sectional diameters 906 , 908 and providing contiguous portions of the coil 1204 , such that the windings or loops of the filament 302 axially continue uninterrupted along the length of the coil 1204 .
- the first region 902 a may be characterized as a proximal region, or at least closer to the surgeon than the other identified regions 902 b - d . Moreover, the first region 902 a may have an axial length 1202 that spans a larger distance than the other axial lengths 910 , 912 . As a result of the increased diameter 906 , the first region 902 a may exhibit a flexibility that is greater than the remaining regions 902 b,d . As can be appreciated by those skilled in the art, this may prove advantageous especially when deploying the coil 1204 as a finishing coil within an aneurysm.
- the coil 1204 may need to be more flexible at its proximal region so that the proximal region is better able to flex, bend, and fill in the interstitial spaces within the aneurysm left by the more stiff distal regions of the coil 1204 .
- the coiled implant 1304 may be used in conjunction with the systems 10 , 100 described herein with reference to FIGS. 2 a - c and may be similar in some respects to the coiled implant 604 described above with reference to FIG. 6 . Accordingly, the coiled implant 1304 may be best understood with reference to FIG. 6 and other figures discussed herein, where like numerals refer to like components that will not be described again in detail.
- the coiled implant 1304 may include a plurality of coils, wherein at least one coil is nested within another coil.
- the coiled implant 1304 may include a first coil 1302 a , a second coil 1302 b , and a third coil 1302 c , where each coil 1302 a - c extends axially along the longitudinal axis 306 .
- the second coil 1302 b may be concentric with the first coil 1302 a and configured to at least partially nest within the first coil 1302 a
- the third coil 1302 c may be concentric with the second coil 1302 b and configured to at least partially nest within the second coil 1302 b .
- the first and third coils 1302 a,c may also be considered concentrically-disposed with respect to each other.
- the coiled implant 1304 may consist of only two coils, such as the first and second coils 1302 a,b . In other embodiments, the coiled implant 1304 may include more than the three coils 1302 a - c , without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the first coil 1302 a may be made from the first filament 302 A wound multiple times about the longitudinal axis 306 .
- the second and third coils 1302 b,c may be made from the second and third filaments 302 B and 302 C, respectively, and likewise wound multiple times about the longitudinal axis 306 .
- the first, second, and third coils 1302 a - c may be unifilar or multifilar, without departing from scope of the disclosure.
- the filaments 302 A-C may be made of the same material and, besides having different respective cross-sectional diameters to facilitate the indicated nested relationship, otherwise exhibit substantially the same structural characteristics.
- one or all of the filaments 302 A-C may be different in one or more filament characteristics, thereby providing different filament lateral flexibilities along different axial regions of the coiled implant 1304 .
- the windings of the first filament 302 A may be formed in a generally circular or oval cross-sectional shape
- the windings of the second filament 302 B may be formed in a generally polygonal cross-sectional shape, such as a triangular or a rectangular cross-sectional shape.
- each filament 302 A,B may be formed using different circular or oval cross-sectional shapes or different polygonal cross-sectional shapes. It will be appreciated that any variation of cross-sectional shapes may be used, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the third filament 302 C may equally be formed using varying circular or oval cross-sectional shapes or varying polygonal cross-sectional shapes when interacting with the second coil 1302 b and its corresponding filament 302 B.
- the general direction of the windings of each of the filaments 302 A-C may be the same or may be varied, depending on the application.
- the direction of the windings of the first and third filaments 302 A,C may be in a first direction, such as clockwise
- the direction of the windings of the second filament 302 B may be in a second direction, such as counterclockwise.
- the coiled implant 1304 may be characterized as a counterwound coil, where the windings of the second coil 1302 b are wound in an opposite sense from the windings of the first and third coils 1302 a,c .
- This configuration may prove advantageous in preserving torqueability of the coiled implant 1304 , where, upon torquing the coiled implant 1304 , radial expansion of one or more of the filaments 302 A-C is substantially resisted by a biased set of adjacent filaments comprising one or more of 302 A-C, tending to more tightly compress at least two of coils 1302 a - c against each other.
- the rotational orientation of the cross-sectional shape of the second coil 1302 b may vary along the longitudinal axis 306 .
- the pitch between adjacent filaments 302 A-C in each coil 1302 a - c may also vary, depending on the application. In some embodiments, for example, the pitch may be varied such that the engagement between nested coils 1302 a - c may be optimized to operate much like nested helical gears. As a result, torqueability between adjacent coils 1302 a - c will be maximized.
- the coiled implant 1304 may be deployed via several methods.
- the coiled implant 1304 may be deployed by first advancing at least a portion of the coiled implant 1304 into a target treatment site, such as an aneurysm.
- the coiled implant 1304 may include a plurality of concentric coils 1302 a - c .
- only two coils may be used in the coiled implant 1304 , but in other embodiments, more than three coils may be used, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- each of the coils 1302 a - c may have a respective winding direction, where at least two of the coils 1302 a - c have opposing winding directions.
- the method may further include providing torque to at least one of the concentrically-nested coils 1302 a - c such that at least one of the coils 1302 a - c radially expands or contracts and thereby transfers a portion of the applied torque to a radially adjacent coil 1302 a - c .
- providing torque to the coils 1302 a - c includes rotating the coiled implant 1304 while positioning the coiled implant 1304 in the aneurysm.
- rotating the coiled implant 1304 may cause the coiled implant 1304 to form a loop by overlapping with itself.
- Rotating the coiled implant 1304 may also result in expansion of the coiled implant 1304 into a configuration that contacts a wall of the aneurysm at multiple points. Rotating the coiled implant 1304 may also result in an increased packing density of the coiled implant 1304 in the aneurysm.
- Providing torque to the coils 1302 a - c may include rotating a delivery system (not shown) that may be attached or otherwise coupled to the coiled implant 1304 .
- the delivery system may be attached to the coiled implant 1304 by a coupling, for example, that restricts relative rotation between the coiled implant 1304 and the delivery system.
- the coupling can include an interference fit, a locking engagement, mechanical attachments, welding and/or brazing coupling attachments, adhesive attachments, combinations thereof, or the like between the implant 1304 and the delivery system.
- the coupling may be configured to transfer torque from the delivery system to the implant 1304 until being appropriately detached from the delivery system.
- the relative rotation between the coiled implant 1304 and the delivery system may be limited to less than about 360°, about 180°, about 120°, about 90°, about 60°, about 45°, about 30°, about 20°, about 10°, about 5°, or about 2° of rotation.
- a method of manufacturing a coiled implant such as the coiled implants 604 and/or 1304 described above with reference to FIGS. 6 and 13 . It will be appreciated, however, that various facets of the method may equally apply to the manufacture of any of the coils or implants described herein.
- the method may include winding a first filament to form a first coil, the first coil defining an inner lumen that extends longitudinally.
- the first filament may be coupled to or otherwise grouped with another one or more types or configurations of filament, or similar filaments, thereby providing for the manufacture of a multifilar coil. Otherwise, the first coil may be characterized as a unifilar coil.
- the first filament(s) may be wound into a substantially helical tubular shape, forming a primary coil shape, and subsequently heat treated to retain the first filament in the primary coil shape.
- a “primary” shape includes, but is not limited to, the initial forming of a filament into a shaped structure, such as a tubular shape.
- primary shapes may be indicative of the various cross-sectional shapes of the coiled implants or coils generally described herein with reference to FIGS. 7 a - c and 8 .
- the primary shape may be a simple cross-sectional shaped coil, such as a coil of circular primary cross-section.
- Generating a primary shape may also include the heat treating process for the filament, which may result in the forming and setting of the filament into one or more of the disclosed cross-sectional shapes.
- the primary coil formed by the helically wound first filament, may then be formed into a secondary shape.
- a “secondary” shape is formed using the primary shaped structure and creating a three-dimensional shape by, for example, wrapping the primary shaped structure around a mandrel and heat setting the primary shape in the wrapped disposition so the structure retains its primary coil shape as well as the secondary shape.
- Some methods may further include winding a second filament to form a second coil.
- the first and second filaments are made of the same material. In other embodiments, however, the first and second filaments may be made of different materials and may further exhibit different cross-sectional diameters.
- the first filament is made of a metal.
- the second filament may be wound about a mandrel and subsequently inserted into the inner lumen defined by the first coil. In at least one embodiment, the second coil is still wound about the mandrel when inserted into the inner lumen of the first coil. Once at least partially inserted within the inner lumen, the mandrel may be removed from engagement with the second coil.
- Inserting the second coil into the inner lumen of the first coil may occur either before or after the first coil is heat treated. In some embodiments, however, it may be advantageous to insert the second coil into the first coil after the first coil has been heat treated. In some embodiments, the heat treating of the first coil is at a condition that would change a physical, chemical, and/or biological characteristic of the second coil and thereby render the second coil unsuitable for treatment of the patient.
- changing a physical characteristic of the second coil and thereby rendering the second coil unsuitable for treatment of a patient can include, without limitation, melting, annealing, evaporating, sublimating, singeing, causing a phase transition of, rendering inert, charring, and rendering non-biocompatible a material of the second coil.
- it may be advantageous to combine the first and second coils after heat treatment of the first coil because subjecting the second coil to the heat treatment of the first coil may melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause an undesirable phase transition of, render inert, or otherwise render non-biocompatible the material of the second coil.
- the method may include winding the second filament directly onto the first coil, such as about its outer circumferential surface.
- the second filament is wound onto the first coil after the first coil has been heat treated. Otherwise, as described above, the material of the second coil may be melted, annealed, evaporated, singed, forced through an unwanted phase transition, rendered inert, or otherwise rendered non-biocompatible as a result of the heat treatment of the first coil.
- a coiled implant such as the coiled implants 604 and/or 1304 described above with reference to FIGS. 6 and 13 . It will be appreciated, however, that various facets of this additional method may equally apply to the manufacture of any of the coils or implants described herein, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the method may include winding a first filament to form a first coil.
- the first filament may include more than one filament, thereby providing for the manufacture of a multifilar coil. Otherwise, the first coil may be characterized as a unifilar coil.
- the first filament may be wound into a substantially helical tubular shape and subsequently heat treated to form one of a primary shape and a secondary shape, such as any of the various cross-sectional shapes generally described herein.
- the first filament may be wound such that it has an increased pitch and/or defines a helical gap between one or more of the windings.
- the helical gap(s) along the length of the first coil may vary, depending on the application, and may provide a space for subsequently winding one or more second filaments into the gap. In such coils the size of the gap will be approximately equal to the aggregate width of the one or more second filaments to be wound into the gap. Depending on the application, the width of the resulting gap may be varied. In some embodiments, for instance, the width of the gap may be about 20% of the width of the second filament.
- the width of the gap 610 may be about 40%, about 60%, about 80%, about 100%, about 150%, or about 200% of the width of the second filament.
- the method may further include winding a second filament into the helical gap(s), thereby forming a second coil that is interwound with the first coil.
- a second coil 2 filaments of one type and 8 filaments of another type
- the 8 filaments might be wound next to each other with a gap between adjacent turns of the group of 8 filaments.
- the 8 filaments may then be heat treated, and the remaining 2 filaments can be wound into the gap (“interwound”).
- the first and second filaments are made of the same material. In other embodiments, however, the first and second filaments may be made of different materials.
- the second filament is wound into the helical gap(s) after the first coil has been heat treated. Otherwise, as described above, the material of the second coil may be melted, annealed, evaporated, singed, forced through an unwanted phase transition, rendered inert, or otherwise rendered non-biocompatible as a result of the heat treatment of the first coil. In other embodiments, the first and second filaments are heat treated together to form the coil or coiled implant. Heat treating the first filament may impart a primary shape to the first coil, and heat treating the second filament may impart a secondary shape to the second coil.
- an exemplary coil is disclosed.
- the coil may be representative of any of the coiled implants or coils disclosed herein.
- the coil may include a coil winding made of at least a first material and a second material. After being formed or otherwise shaped into a first coil, the first material may be heat treated under conditions that would melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, destroy, alter, render non-biocompatible, or otherwise compromise the properties of the second material.
- the coil winding may include primary and secondary coil windings, where the heat treatment imparts a primary shape to the primary coil winding and simultaneously imparts a secondary shape to the secondary coil winding.
- the second material may be formed to make a second coil.
- the first and second coils may each exhibit an increased pitch or otherwise define helical gaps between adjacent filaments such that the first and second coils may be interwound to form the exemplary coil.
- the second coil may be interwound with the first coil after the first coil is heat treated.
- the exemplary coil may be representative of any of the coiled implants or coils disclosed herein.
- the coil may include a first coil winding that has a first secondary shape.
- the first coil may be heat treated to obtain the first secondary shape.
- the coil may also include a second coil winding that may be wound over the first coil winding.
- the second coil winding may exhibit a second secondary shape, where the second secondary shape is different from the first secondary shape.
- the second coil winding is wound over the first coil winding after the first coil winding is heat treated to obtain the first secondary shape.
- FIG. 14 illustrated is another exemplary coil 1404 that may be used in conjunction with the systems 10 , 100 ( FIGS. 2 a - c ), according to one or more embodiments.
- the coil 1404 may be similar in some respects to the coils 904 , 1204 described above with reference to FIGS. 9 and 12 , and one or more of the other coils or coiled implants described herein. Accordingly, the coil 1404 may be best understood with reference to FIGS. 9 and 12 , and other figures discussed herein, where like numerals refer to like components that will not be described again.
- the coil 1404 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one or more filaments 302 that are wound about the longitudinal axis 306 to form a generally tubular structure.
- the coil 1404 may exhibit a cross-sectional diameter 906 across at least a portion of its length. In one embodiment, the cross-sectional diameter 906 is constant along the entire length of the coil 1404 .
- the coil 1404 may further include a series of contiguous regions, such as a first region 1402 a , a second region 1404 b , a third region 1404 c , and a fourth region 1404 d .
- Each region 1402 a - d may be axially-spaced along the length of the coil 1404 such that the windings of the filament 302 continue uninterrupted along the axial length of the coil 1404 .
- the coil 1404 may be formed of more or less regions 1402 a - d without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the pitch of the coil 1404 may vary across the length of the coil 1404 .
- the first region 1402 a may exhibit a first pitch 1406 a between adjacent windings
- the second region 1402 b may exhibit a second pitch 1406 b between adjacent windings
- the third region 1402 c may exhibit a third pitch 1406 c between adjacent windings
- the fourth region 1402 d may exhibit a fourth pitch 1406 d between adjacent windings.
- two or more of the pitches 1406 a - d may be the same. In other embodiments, however, each pitch 1406 a - d may be different from the other pitches 1406 a - d .
- varying the pitch 1406 a - d along the length of the coil 1404 may impact deliverability of the coil 1404 due to its varying compressibility.
- varying the pitch 1406 a - d along the length of the coil 1404 may be configured to vary the softness and create break points (i.e., localized segments of easier lateral bending relative to adjacent coil segments) along the coil 1404 .
- FIG. 15 illustrated is another exemplary coil 1504 that may be used in conjunction with the systems 10 , 100 ( FIG. 2 a - c ), according to one or more embodiments.
- the coil 1504 may be similar in some respects to the coil 904 described above with reference to FIG. 9 , and one or more of the other coils or coiled implants described herein. Accordingly, the coil 1504 may be best understood with reference to FIG. 9 , and other figures discussed herein, where like numerals refer to like components that will not be described again in detail. Similar to the coil 904 described above, the coil 1504 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one or more filaments 302 that are wound about the longitudinal axis 306 .
- the coil 1504 may be made of at least a first filament 302 A, a second filament 302 B, a third filament 302 C, and a fourth filament 302 D, where each filament 302 A-D is axially-spaced from each other and contiguous along the length of the coil 1504 .
- the coil 1504 may include more or less than four filaments 302 A-D, and may include groupings or pluralities of filaments 302 A-D, such as is disclosed above with reference to FIG. 4 a.
- the filaments 302 A-D may be made of different materials and/or otherwise exhibit different structural characteristics.
- the material, thickness, or cross-sectional shape of the first filament 302 A may be different than that of the second filament 302 B, or the third or fourth filaments 302 C,D.
- other characteristics of the filaments 302 A-D may be different or varied.
- two or more of the filaments 302 A-D may exhibit at least some of the same characteristics, such as material, thickness, or cross-sectional shape.
- the first filament 302 A may be coupled to the second filament 302 B at a first coupling location 1502 a .
- the second filament 302 B may be coupled to the third filament 302 C at a second coupling location 1502 b
- the third filament 302 C may be coupled to the fourth filament 302 D at a third coupling location 1502 c .
- the coupling locations 1502 a - c may be welds or weld joints between adjacent filaments 302 A-D.
- the coupling locations 1502 a - c may be mechanical fasteners, adhesives, heat treated zones, combinations thereof, or the like, in order to couple adjacent filaments 302 A-D together so as to create a contiguous coil winding. It will be appreciated that different materials, thicknesses, or diameters of the filaments 302 A-D may be interspersed along the length of the coil 1504 , without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the coil 1604 may be similar to the coil 1504 described above with reference to FIG. 15 , except that only two filaments 302 A,B are shown as being used to form the coil 1602 .
- the coil 1604 may include a proximal portion 1602 a and a distal portion 1602 b , where the first filament 302 A makes up the proximal portion 1602 a and the second filament 302 B makes up the distal portion 1602 b .
- the proximal and distal portions 1602 a,b may be coupled together at a coupling location 1603 .
- the coupling location 1603 may be substantially similar to the coupling locations 1502 a - c described above, and therefore may consist of welds, mechanical fasteners, adhesives, heat treated zones, combinations thereof, or the like, in order to couple the adjacent filaments 302 A,B together so as to create a contiguous coil winding.
- the filaments 302 A,B may be made of different materials or otherwise exhibit different filament characteristics, such as wire diameter.
- the second filament 302 B may exhibit a finer wire diameter than the first filament 302 A.
- the second filament 302 B may be more soft or pliable than the first filament 302 A. This may prove advantageous where the second portion 1602 b of the coil 1604 is the distal end of the coil 1604 and the softer second filament 302 B provides an atraumatic end for the coil 1604 that is designed to prevent injury to the vasculature of the patient as it is moved within the vasculature.
- the second portion 1602 b of the coil 1604 is the proximal end of the coil 1604 and the softer second filament 302 B provides an atraumatic end for the coil 1604 that is easily packed into remaining open interstices of the deployed coil.
- the coil 1704 may have a distal end 1702 where the windings spanning a distal portion of the coil 1704 have been altered to fit a specific application.
- the windings at the distal portion 1706 may be tapered or otherwise ground such that the diameter of the filament 302 over the distal portion 1706 is reduced or gradually decreases in the distal direction.
- the distal portion 1706 may span two or more windings of the filament 302 .
- the end 1708 of the filament 302 may be turned into the interior of the coil 1704 .
- the distal portion 1706 may provide a soft and atraumatic distal end 1702 for the coil 1604 that is designed to prevent injury to the vasculature of the patient.
- the portion 1706 of the coil 1704 is the proximal end of the coil 1704 and the reduced diameter filament 302 provides an atraumatic end for the coil 1704 that is easily packed into remaining open interstices of the deployed coil.
- the system 1800 may be used in conjunction with the systems 10 , 100 described above with reference to FIGS. 2 a - c .
- the system 1800 may include a coil implant 1804 extending longitudinally about a longitudinal axis 302 .
- the coil implant 1804 may be somewhat similar to the coil implants and coils disclosed herein and will therefore reference similar numerals and references for brevity.
- the coil implant 1804 is made from a filament 302 wound multiple times about the longitudinal axis 306 to form a generally tubular structure that defines a lumen 1802 therein.
- the filament 302 may be combined with one or more additional filaments 302 , without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the system 1800 may further include a distal tip 1806 arranged at a distal end 1804 b of the coil implant 1804 .
- the distal tip 1806 may be substantially similar to the distal tip 204 described above with reference to FIG. 2 c .
- the distal tip 1806 may be coupled to the coil 1804 by threading, welding, mechanical fasteners, adhesives, combinations thereof, or the like.
- the distal tip 1806 may be made of various materials, such as plastics, and may provide an atraumatic tip for the coil 1804 , such that the coil 1804 does not damage the vasculature of the patient as the coil 1804 is positioned at the treatment site.
- the system 1800 may further include a securing member 1808 extending within the lumen 1802 defined by the coil implant 1804 .
- the securing member 1808 may be somewhat similar to the retaining element 112 described above with reference to FIGS. 2 b and 2 c .
- the securing member 1808 may be made of a variety of materials such as, but not limited to, polymers, metals, wires, tubes, filaments, braided filaments, coated filaments, combinations thereof, or the like. In at least one embodiment, the securing member 1808 may either be made of or coated with one or more bioactive materials.
- the securing member 1808 may serve to maintain the coil implant 1804 in its elongated form during delivery and implantation of the implant 1804 .
- the securing member 1808 may be loosely, but at least easily detachably arranged within the coil implant 1804 such that it may be removed from within the lumen 1802 without difficulty when required.
- the coil implant 1804 may be free to assume a predetermined, superimposed configuration.
- the securing member 1808 is configured to remain within the coil implant 1804 permanently. In such embodiments, the securing member 1808 may be coupled to the distal tip 1806 of the coil implant 1804 , as illustrated. In other embodiments, however, the securing member 1808 may be coupled to other portions of the coil implant 1804 or free-floating within the lumen 1802 , without departing from scope of the disclosure.
- the securing member 1808 may have a central axis 1810 which aligns generally with the longitudinal axis 302 of the coil implant 1804 .
- the securing member 1808 may further include a first transverse axis 1812 a and a second transverse axis 1812 b (i.e., pointing directly out of the page).
- the second transverse axis 1812 b may be normal to the first transverse axis 1812 a
- each of the first and second transverse axes 1812 a,b may be normal to both the longitudinal axis 302 and the central axis 1810 .
- the securing member 1808 may be at least partially configured to maintain the coil implant 1804 in its elongated form, or not at all, depending on the application.
- the securing member 1808 may also serve as a stretch resistant member, thereby preventing the coil implant 1804 from undesirable elongation over predetermined regions of the coil implant 1804 .
- the securing member 1808 may include one or more stretch resistant regions 1814 a and one or more pliant regions 1814 b .
- the stretch resistant region 1814 a may be a straight or otherwise elongate length of the securing member 1808 .
- the pliant region 1814 b may be “crinkled,” e.g., forming undulations, helices, patterns of peaks and valleys, or combinations thereof, or otherwise compacted to some degree such that axial elongation of the securing member 1808 across the pliant region 1814 b is possible.
- the coil implant 1804 may be able to correspondingly flex across the axial length of the pliant region 1814 b until the undulating portion is straightened or is otherwise no longer able to elongate.
- the pliant region 1814 b may be helically twisted about the central axis 1810 of the securing member 1808 , thereby forming a series of axially-spaced coils.
- the coils of the pliant region 1814 b may be formed in substantially the same way as the windings of the filament 302 for the coil implant 1804 , e.g., wound about a mandrel and/or otherwise heat treated into a set shape.
- FIG. 19 b depicts an embodiment having multiple stretch resistant regions 1814 a and multiple pliant regions 1814 b .
- Those skilled in the art will appreciate the advantages of providing stretch resistance over certain parts of the coil implant 1804 , such as its proximal regions, while allowing a degree of elongation or softening over other regions, such as its distal regions. While a configuration having alternating stretch resistant and pliant regions 1814 a,b is illustrated in FIG. 19 b , it will be appreciated that various configurations of stretch resistant and pliant regions 1814 a,b may be employed without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Moreover, the pitch between adjacent coils in the pliant region(s) 1814 b may be increased or decreased to manipulate the flexibility of the pliant region(s) 1814 b.
- the securing member 1808 may exhibit various axial cross-sectional shapes (i.e., shapes defined normal to the central axis 1810 ).
- the securing member 1808 may exhibit a polygonal cross-sectional shape normal to the central axis 1810 .
- the polygonal cross-sectional shape may be substantially rectangular or another suitable polygonal shape. In other embodiments, such as is depicted in FIG.
- the securing member 1808 may have a circular or arcuate cross-sectional shape normal to the central axis 1810 .
- exemplary circular or arcuate cross-sectional shapes may be substantially oval or substantially elliptical.
- securing member 1808 with varying cross-sectional shapes may prove advantageous since it will tend to provide a preferred direction of bending of the coil implant 1804 in a predetermined direction.
- the direction of easy lateral bending for the attendant coil may correspondingly spiral along the axial length of the coil.
- FIGS. 20 a - 20 d illustrated are exemplary configurations for a multifilar coil 2004 , according to one or more embodiments disclosed.
- the multifilar coil 2004 may be used in conjunction with the systems 10 , 100 ( FIGS. 2 a - c ).
- the multifilar coil 2004 may be somewhat similar to the multifilar coil 404 described above with reference to FIG. 4 a and the other coils and implants discussed herein. Accordingly the multifilar coil 2004 may be best understood with reference to FIG. 4 a , where like numerals indicate like elements that will not be described again in detail.
- the multifilar coil 2004 may include a distal tip 2002 , which may be substantially similar to the distal tip 204 described above with reference to FIG.
- the multifilar coil 2004 may further include at least a first filament 302 A and a second filament 302 B, but it will be appreciated that any number of filaments 302 may be used without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- the multifilar coil 2004 may include one or more first pluralities 2006 a of adjacent first filaments 302 A interchangeably followed by a corresponding one or more second pluralities 2006 b of adjacent second filaments 302 B.
- the pluralities 2006 a,b may extend axially in a repeating configuration along at least a portion of the axial length of the multifilar coil 2004 .
- the first filament 302 A is softer or otherwise more bendable than the second filament 302 B, which is more stiff.
- the first pluralities 2006 a made up of helically wound first filaments 302 A may provide a corresponding first helically wound region, defined by at least a portion of the helically wound first filaments 302 A, along a first portion of the axial length of the multifilar coil 2004 .
- the second pluralities 2006 b made of helically wound second filaments 302 B, provides a second helically wound region, defined by at least a portion of the helically wound second filaments 302 B.
- the first region since it is made of softer and more bendable filaments than the second region, may provide a coil flexibility at the first region that is more prone to lateral bending in a direction for a given force (i.e., a break point) than a coil flexibility at the second region in the same direction with the same force. Consequently, the break point of the multifilar coil 2004 may spiral along the length of the coil.
- FIG. 20 d illustrates the direction of easiest bending when the coil is bent within the plane of the page, such that arrow A extends from the convex side of the bent coil.
- Such a bend would appear similar in shape to the bent coil depicted in FIG. 4 b , creating a convex side along an outer edge of the bend (i.e., a top side of the coil as viewed by the reader in FIG.
- arrow B (shown as a solid point) illustrates the direction of easiest bending when the coil is bent out of the plane of the page (i.e., the convex side extends out of the page toward the reader) in a plane that is both normal to the page and coincident with the coil longitudinal axis. As a result, arrow B extends from the convex side of the bent coil 2004 towards the reader.
- Arrow C illustrates a direction of easiest bending when the coil 2004 is bent within the plane of the page in a manner opposite to that described above with respect to arrow A.
- a bend would appear opposite in shape to the bent coil depicted in FIG. 4 b , creating a convex side along an outer edge (i.e., the bottom side of the coil as viewed by the reader in FIG. 4 b ) of the bend and a concave side along an inner edge (i.e., the top side of the coil as viewed by the reader in FIG. 4 b ) of the bend.
- Arrow C extends in the plane of the page from the convex side of the bent coil 2004 .
- arrow D (shown as a hollow point) illustrates the direction of easiest bending when the coil 2004 is bent into the plane of the page (i.e., the convex side extends into the page away from the reader) in a plane that is both normal to the page and coincident with the coil longitudinal axis. As a result, arrow D extends from the convex side of the bent coil 2004 and away from the reader.
- the direction of easiest bending will spiral about the longitudinal axis of the coil 2004 .
- the easiest direction of bending is into the page, as indicated by arrow D.
- the direction of easiest bending has rotated and can be within the plane of the page and directed downward (as viewed in FIG. 20 d ), indicated by arrow C.
- the direction of easiest bending has rotated and can be directed out of the page (i.e., toward the reader), as indicated by arrow B.
- the direction of easiest bending has rotated and can be within the plane of the page and directed upward (as viewed in FIG. 20 d ), as indicated by arrow A.
- the direction of easiest bending will be at an oblique angle relative to the plane of the page. Accordingly, along the length of the coil axis, the direction of easiest bending will helically rotate about the axis.
- the ratio of first filaments 302 A to second filaments 302 B in the multifilar coil 2004 is partially indicative of the resulting flexibility or bendability of the coil 2004 .
- the ratio of the number of first filaments 302 A to the number of second filaments 302 B can vary widely, from a ratio greater than one to a ratio less than one. It will be appreciated, however, that the ratio of filaments 302 is limited, since the total number of filaments 302 in the multifilar coil 2004 is geometrically limited by the coil primary diameter and filament diameter, as discussed above.
- the ratio between first and second filaments 302 A,B can be no greater than 8:2 and no less than 2:8.
- the coil 2004 may be comprised predominantly of less flexible second filaments 302 B and will therefore exhibit mechanical characteristics similar thereto.
- the more flexible filament e.g., the first filament 302 A
- the more flexible filament may be configured to be used as a thrombogenic surface, a surface structure highly receptive to tissue overgrowth, a drug depot which can elute medication over time, improve visualization (by X-ray, ultrasound, MRI, or other methods), combinations thereof, or other characteristics.
- the coil 2004 may be comprised predominantly of more flexible first filaments 302 A and will therefore exhibit mechanical characteristics similar thereto.
- the less flexible filament e.g., the second filament 302 B
- the less flexible filament may be configured to provide mechanical strength, shape memory (whether by annealing, heat setting, or other means), resistance to prolapse out of the aneurysm neck, combinations thereof, or other characteristics.
- the coil 2004 may be comprised of approximately equal numbers of less flexible second filaments 302 B and more flexible first filaments 302 A, and will therefore exhibit a mixture of mechanical characteristics. Coils having this approximate ratio of filaments may be especially suited to having a break point along the length of the coil 2004 in which the direction of easier bending describes a spiral along the length of the coil 2004 . It will be appreciated, however, that the ratio of less flexible second filaments 302 B to more flexible first filaments 302 A will be chosen or otherwise determined for the particular application, with consideration of the lateral flexibilities of both the first and second filaments 302 A,B, their number, and the coil primary diameter and cross sectional shape.
- the multifilar coil 2004 may exhibit a 2:2 ratio filament pattern, where the first plurality 2006 a includes two consecutive loops or windings of soft, first filaments 302 A, and the second plurality 2006 b includes two consecutive loops or windings of stiff, second filaments 302 B. Accordingly, the filaments 302 A-B are arranged in a repeating A-A-B-B pattern, and the pluralities 2006 a,b correspondingly repeat the pattern contiguously over at least a portion of the axial length of the multifilar coil 2004 .
- the multifilar coil 2004 may exhibit a 2:3 ratio filament pattern, where the first plurality 2006 a includes two consecutive loops or windings of first filaments 302 A, and the second plurality 2006 b includes three consecutive loops or windings of second filaments 302 B. Accordingly, the filaments 302 A-B are arranged in a repeating A-A-B-B-B pattern, and the pluralities 2006 a,b correspondingly repeat the pattern contiguously over at least a portion of the axial length of the multifilar coil 2004 .
- the multifilar coil 2004 may exhibit a 3:2 ratio filament pattern, where the first plurality 2006 a includes three consecutive loops or windings of first filaments 302 A, and the second plurality 2006 b includes two consecutive loops or windings of second filaments 302 B. Accordingly, the filaments 302 A-B are arranged in a repeating A-A-A-B-B pattern, and the pluralities 2006 a,b correspondingly repeat the pattern contiguously over at least a portion of the axial length of the multifilar coil 2004 .
- the multifilar coil 2004 may exhibit a 4:2 ratio filament pattern, where the first plurality 2006 a includes four consecutive loops or windings of first filaments 302 A, and the second plurality 2006 b includes two consecutive loops or windings of second filaments 302 B. Accordingly, the filaments 302 A-B are arranged in a repeating A-A-A-A-B-B pattern, and the pluralities 2006 a,b correspondingly repeat the pattern contiguously over at least a portion of the axial length of the multifilar coil 2004 .
- the multifilar coil may exhibit any number of filament patterns without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- a 3:6 ratio pattern a 2:4 ratio pattern, a 2:10 ratio pattern, a 8:2 ratio pattern, and a 8:4 ratio pattern, whereby the filaments 302 A-B are arranged in repeating A-A-A-B-B-B-B-B, A-A-B-B-B-B, A-A-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B, A-A-A-A-A-A-A-B-B, and A-A-A-A-A-A-A-A-B-B-B-B patterns, respectively, and the pluralities 2006 a,b correspondingly repeat the patterns contiguously over at least a portion of the axial length of the multifilar coil 2004 .
- top should be understood as referring to an arbitrary frame of reference, rather than to the ordinary gravitational frame of reference.
- a top surface, a bottom surface, a front surface, and a rear surface may extend upwardly, downwardly, diagonally, or horizontally in a gravitational frame of reference.
- a phrase such as an “aspect” does not imply that such aspect is essential to the subject technology or that such aspect applies to all configurations of the subject technology.
- a disclosure relating to an aspect may apply to all configurations, or one or more configurations.
- a phrase such as an aspect may refer to one or more aspects and vice versa.
- a phrase such as an “embodiment” does not imply that such embodiment is essential to the subject technology or that such embodiment applies to all configurations of the subject technology.
- a disclosure relating to an embodiment may apply to all embodiments, or one or more embodiments.
- a phrase such an embodiment may refer to one or more embodiments and vice versa.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
Abstract
Systems and devices for endovascular treatment of intracranial aneurysms are described. Various configurations of coiled implants may be used as stenting devices or aneurysm coils. The implants include one or more filaments wound about a longitudinal axis to form a generally tubular shape. Lateral flexibility of the implants may be manipulated by, for example, adjusting a pitch between adjacent filaments, using different materials for the filaments, employing different filament cross-sectional shapes, grouping filaments into pluralities of varying flexibilities, and nesting inner coils within outer coils.
Description
- This application is a Continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/355,295, filed Jan. 20, 2012, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The subject technology generally relates to a medical implant device. More particularly, the subject technology relates to medical implant devices in the form of at least one elongated filament.
- Lumens in the body, e.g., blood vessels or the gastrointestinal tract, can change in size, shape, and/or patency, and such changes can present complications or affect associated body functions. For example, the walls of the vasculature, particularly arterial walls, may develop a pathological dilatation called an aneurysm. Aneurysms are observed as a ballooning out of a wall of an artery. This is a result of the vessel wall being weakened by disease, injury or a congenital abnormality. Aneurysms have thin, weak walls, have a tendency to rupture, and are often caused or made worse by high blood pressure. Aneurysms can be found in different parts of the body; the most common being abdominal aortic aneurysms and cerebral (brain) aneurysms. The mere presence of an aneurysm is not always life threatening, but they can have serious health consequences such as a stroke if one should rupture in the brain. Additionally, a ruptured aneurysm can also result in death.
- In clinical situations it is often desirable to fully or partially occlude blood vessels or portions of blood vessels for various reasons, such as the control or prevention of bleeding, the prevention of blood supply to tumors, treatment of arteriovenous malformations (AVMs), and the blocking of blood flow within an aneurysm. Embolization of blood vessels has been performed by employing certain polymer compositions, particulates, and/or scelerosing material including silicone balloons, metallic coils, PVA particles, gelatin, and the like, selectively to block blood flow in the blood vessels.
- Intracranial aneurysms are abnormal blood-filled dilations of a blood vessel wall that may rupture, causing significant bleeding and damage to surrounding brain tissue or death. In some cases, intracranial aneurysms can be surgically clipped to reduce the risk of rupture by placing a metal clip around the neck of the aneurysm to cut off and prevent further blood flow to the aneurysm. Many aneurysms cannot be treated surgically because of either the location or configuration of the aneurysm or because the condition of the patient does not permit intracranial surgery.
- Aneurysms may also be treated endovascularly, e.g., with embolic coils. The coils are placed in the aneurysm by extending a catheter endovascularly to the site of the aneurysm and passing single or often multiple metallic coils such as platinum, stainless steel, or tungsten coils through the catheter into the aneurysm. The coils placed within the aneurysm encourage a thrombus to form in the aneurysm which occludes the aneurysm and prevents further blood flow into the aneurysm. The treatment of intracranial aneurysms with coils isolates the aneurysm from arterial circulation, helping to guard against rupture and further growth of the aneurysm.
- The subject technology is illustrated, for example, according to various aspects described below. Various examples of aspects of the subject technology are described as embodiments. These are provided as examples and do not limit the subject technology. It is noted that these embodiments may be combined in any combination.
- According to various embodiments of the subject technology, a multifilar coil is disclosed and includes a first plurality of adjacent first filaments helically wound about a long axis, each of the first filaments having a substantially equal first filament lateral flexibility. The multifilar coil may also include a second plurality of adjacent second filaments, wound adjacent to the first plurality about the long axis, at least two of the second filaments having a second filament lateral flexibility, less than the first filament flexibility. A first region of the coil may have a first coil flexibility that permits bending at the first region in a first direction relative to the long axis. In one or more embodiments, the first coil flexibility is greater than a second coil flexibility that permits bending, in the first direction, of a second region of the coil that is (i) spaced apart from the first region along the long axis and (ii) sized equal to the first region.
- In some embodiments, the multifilar coil may have between 6 and 50, between 8 and 40, or between 10 and 30 filaments. Except for the distalmost two filaments in the multifilar coil, each filament at its terminal distal end may be flanked by an immediately adjacent filament on each of its proximal and distal sides. In other embodiments, except for the distalmost two filaments, each filament at its terminal distal end is flanked by an immediately adjacent filament on each of its proximal and distal sides. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of second filaments has a substantially equal second filament lateral flexibility. In some embodiments, the first filament flexibility is between about 2×, about 3×, about 5×, and about 10× the second filament flexibility. In other embodiments, the first filament may be about 50×, 100×, 500×, 1000×, 2000×, or more than 2000× the second filament flexibility. In some aspects, the first filament flexibility may at least partly be determined, in the one or more first filaments, by at least one of a filament diameter, a material composition, and a heat treatment. The first coil flexibility may be more than at least one of about 2×, about 3×, about 5×, and about 10× the second coil flexibility.
- In at least one embodiment, a proximal end region of the multifilar coil couples to a delivery device, and the first region is proximal to the second region thereby providing a greater flexibility proximal to the second region to provide a break point about which the coil can bend or break. In some embodiments, each of at least one of (a) the plurality of first filaments and (b) the plurality of second filaments has a distal end at a point separated, along the long axis, from distal ends of others of the first and second filaments. In one or more embodiments, one or more of first and/or second filaments comprises a ribbon having a substantially rectangular cross-sectional sectional shape. In some embodiments, at least one of the second filaments has a smaller cross-sectional dimension than a cross-sectional dimension of at least one of the plurality of first filaments.
- In some embodiments of the present disclosure, another multifilar coil is disclosed and includes a first plurality of adjacent first filaments helically wound about a long axis, each of the first filaments having a substantially equal first lateral flexibility. The multifilar coil may further include a second plurality of adjacent second filaments, the second plurality wound adjacent, along the long axis, to the first plurality, each of the second filaments having a respective lateral flexibility less than the first flexibility. In one or more embodiments, upon application to the coil of a force normal to the long axis, the coil may tend to preferentially bend at a first coil region that is helically oriented about the long axis and defined by the first plurality.
- In some embodiments, the ratio of the number of filaments of the first plurality to the number of filaments of the second plurality is greater than one. In other embodiments, the ratio of the number of filaments of the first plurality to the number of filaments of the second plurality is less than one or equal to one. In certain embodiments, the number of filaments of the first plurality to the number of filaments of the second plurality may be 2:3, 3:6, 2:4, 2:10, 3:2, 4:2, 8:2, or 8:4.
- According to some aspects of the present disclosure, another multifilar coil is disclosed and includes a first plurality of adjacent first filaments helically wound about a long axis, each of the first filaments having a substantially equal first lateral flexibility. The multifilar coil further includes a second plurality of adjacent second filaments, the second plurality wound adjacent, along the long axis, to the first plurality, each of the second filaments having a respective lateral flexibility less than the first flexibility. The coil may bend to a degree defined by the first plurality, in a first direction at a first coil region, helically oriented about the long axis and, upon application of a force less than necessary to bend the coil to the degree in the first direction, to a second degree defined by the second plurality at a second coil region, which is also helically oriented about the long axis.
- In some embodiments, upon application of the force, (i) at least two adjacent filaments of the first plurality may separate from each other by a first distance and (ii) a filament of the first plurality and an adjacent filament of the second plurality may separate from each other by a second distance, less than the first distance. In certain embodiments, upon application of the force, (i) at least two adjacent filaments of the first plurality may separate from each other by a first distance and (ii) at least two adjacent filaments of the second plurality may separate from each other by a second distance, less than the first distance.
- According to one or more embodiments, a coiled implant is disclosed and includes a multifilar outer coil including (i) one or more first filaments, each having a first stiffness and being helically wound about a long axis, and (ii) one or more second filaments, each having a second stiffness less than the first stiffness and being wound about the long axis. The coiled implant may further include a unifilar inner coil concentric within the outer coil, the inner coil being formed of an inner filament wound about the long axis, wherein a first region of the inner coil has gaps between adjacent windings of the inner filament, and adjacent windings of the inner filament contact each other in an optional second region of the inner coil.
- In some embodiments, a first region of the outer coil may have a first flexibility permitting bending at the first region in a first direction relative to the long axis. The first flexibility may be greater than a second flexibility permitting bending, in the first direction, of a second region of the outer coil that is (i) spaced apart from the first region along the long axis and (ii) sized equal to the first region. In some embodiments, a width of at least one of the gaps is at least about 20%, about 40%, about 60%, about 80%, about 100%, about 150%, or about 200% of a width of the inner filament. In some embodiments, one of the outer coil and the inner coil may be dextrorotary and the other of the outer coil and the inner coil may be levorotary. In one or more embodiments, one or more of the second filaments may be interwound, about the long axis, with some of the first filaments. In some embodiments, the outer coil defines gaps between adjacent windings of the first and/or second filaments. In some embodiments, a pitch of the inner coil may be at least twice a pitch of the outer coil.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, a coiled implant is disclosed that may include a multifilar outer coil comprising (i) one or more first filaments, each having a first stiffness and being helically wound about a longitudinal axis, and (ii) one or more second filaments, each having a second stiffness, less than the first stiffness and being wound about the longitudinal axis. The coiled implant may further include a multifilar inner coil concentric within the outer coil. The inner coil may be formed of at least one group of adjacent inner filaments wound about the longitudinal axis. Moreover, the inner coil may have a gap between adjacent windings of the at least one group of adjacent inner filaments. In one or more embodiments, a width of at least one of the gaps is about 20%, about 40%, about 60%, about 80%, about 100%, about 150%, or about 200% of a width of the at least one of the inner filaments. Moreover, a pitch of the inner coil may be at least twice a pitch of the outer coil.
- According to some aspects, another coiled implant is disclosed that may include a multifilar outer coil comprising (i) one or more first filaments, each having a first stiffness and being helically wound about a longitudinal axis, and (ii) one or more second filaments, each having a second stiffness, less than the first stiffness and being wound about the longitudinal axis. The coiled implant may further include a multifilar inner coil concentric within the outer coil, the inner coil being formed of at least one group of adjacent inner filaments wound about the longitudinal axis. The filaments of the inner coil may have a pitch that is at least about twice the pitch of the outer coil. In some embodiments, the pitch of the inner coil filaments is at least 3×, at least 4×, or at least 6× the pitch of the outer coil.
- In some embodiments, a first region of the outer coil may have a first flexibility permitting bending at the first region in a first direction relative to the long axis. The first flexibility may be greater than a second flexibility permitting bending, in the first direction, of a second region of the outer coil that is (i) spaced apart from the first region along the long axis and (ii) sized equal to the first region. In some embodiments, one of the outer coil and the inner coil may be dextrorotary and the other of the outer coil and the inner coil may be levorotary.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, a coil is disclosed and may include a primary filament winding having (a) a first shape of a first cross-section of a first segment of the coil, and (b) a second shape of a second cross-section of a second segment of the coil. The first and second cross-sections may be orthogonal to a long axis of the coil, and the first and second segments may be spaced apart along the long axis. Moreover, the second shape may be different from the first shape, irrespective of (a) an angular orientation, about the long axis, of the first shape with respect to the second shape, and (b) relative sizes of the first and second shapes.
- In some embodiments, the second segment may have a different lateral flexibility than the first segment. The first shape may be curved and the second shape may be polygonal. In certain embodiments, the first shape may be circular or oval and the second shape may be polygonal. In some embodiments, the second shape is triangular. In certain embodiments, the first shape is polygonal and the second shape is polygonal, different from the first shape. In at least one embodiment, the second shape is triangular. In some embodiments, the first shape may be circular and the second shape may be elliptical.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, a coil is disclosed that may include at least one filament arranged in a helical primary winding. The coil may have a cross-section, orthogonal to a longitudinal axis of the coil, that tapers over a region that extends at least one-fourth of an entire longitudinal length of the coil.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, a coil is disclosed that may include at least one filament arranged in a helical primary winding. The filament may have a first cross-sectional dimension, orthogonal to a longitudinal axis of the filament, that is tapered over a region of at least two 360° turns of the winding. In some embodiments, the region is at an end portion of the coil. In certain embodiments, the region is at a distal end. In yet other embodiments, the region is at a proximal end. In some embodiments, the taper is nonlinear. In certain embodiments, however, the taper may include at least one stepwise change in the first cross-sectional dimension along the axis. The coil may further include inner and outer cross-sectional dimensions. The inner cross-sectional dimension may surround a lumen within the coil and does not substantially taper over the at least two turns.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, a coiled implant is disclosed that may include an outer coil arranged in a first winding having a circular or oval cross-sectional shape, and an inner coil concentric within the outer coil and arranged in a second winding having a polygonal cross-sectional shape. In some embodiments, a direction of the first winding and a direction of the second winding direction are opposite. In some embodiments, the polygonal shape is triangular or rectangular. In at least one embodiment, a rotational orientation of the inner coil cross-sectional shape may vary along a long axis of the inner coil. The coiled implant may further include a first region that has a first flexibility permitting bending at the first region in a first direction relative to the long axis. The first flexibility may be greater than a second flexibility permitting bending, in the first direction, of a second region of the implant that is spaced apart from the first region along a long axis of the implant.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, a coiled implant is disclosed that may include an outer coil arranged in a first winding having a first polygonal cross-sectional shape, and an inner coil concentric within the outer coil and arranged in a second winding having a second polygonal cross-sectional shape. In some embodiments, a direction of the first winding and a direction of the second winding direction are opposite. In one or more embodiments, at least one of the first and second polygonal shapes is triangular or rectangular. In some embodiments, however, the first and second shapes are the same. Moreover, a rotational orientation of the inner coil cross-sectional shape may vary along a longitudinal axis of the inner coil. The coiled implant may further include a first region that has a first flexibility permitting bending at the first region in a first direction relative to the long axis. The first flexibility may be greater than a second flexibility permitting bending, in the first direction, of a second region of the implant that is spaced apart from the first region along a long axis of the implant.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, a method of deploying a coil implant is disclosed. The method may include advancing at least a portion of a coil implant into an aneurysm. The coil implant may include a plurality of concentric coils, each having a respective winding direction. The winding directions of two of the coils may be opposite each other. The method may further include providing torque to at least one of the concentric coils such that at least one of the coils radially expands or contracts and transfers a portion of the torque to a radially adjacent coil. In some embodiments, providing torque includes rotating the implant while positioning the implant in the aneurysm. In some embodiments, rotating the implant may cause the implant to form a loop by overlapping with itself.
- In some embodiments, providing torque may include rotating a delivery system attached to the implant. The delivery system may be attached to the implant by a coupling that restricts relative rotation between the implant and the delivery system. In at least one embodiment, the relative rotation may be limited to less than 360°, 180°, 120°, 90°, 60°, 45°, 30°, 20° 10°, 5°, or 2° of rotation. In some embodiments, the rotating results in expansion of the implant to a configuration that contacts a wall of the aneurysm at multiple points. In certain embodiments, rotating the implant increases a packing density of the implant in the aneurysm. In some embodiments, at least one of the coils may be unifilar. Some embodiments provide that at least one of the coils is multifilar.
- Methods of manufacturing a coiled implant are disclosed that, in some instances, include winding a first filament to form a first coil, and heat treating the first coil. The method may further include winding a second filament to form a second coil, and inserting one of the first and second coils into a lumen of the other of the first and second coils after the heat treating. In some embodiments, the heat treating of the first coil is at a condition that would change at least one of physical, chemical, and/or biological characteristic of the second coil and thereby render the second coil unsuitable for treatment of the patient. In some instances, changing a physical characteristic of the second coil and thereby rendering the second coil unsuitable for treatment of a patient can include, without limitation, melting, annealing, evaporating, sublimating, singeing, causing a phase transition of, rendering inert, charring, and rendering non-biocompatible a material of the second coil. In at least one embodiment, heat treating may form the first coil into at least one of a primary shape and a secondary shape.
- In some embodiments, at least one of the first and the second filament is wound into a substantially helical tubular shape. In some embodiments, one of the first and the second filament may be wound about a mandrel, and the filament wound about the mandrel is inserted, on the mandrel, into the lumen of the other of the first and second coils. The method may further include separating the mandrel from the other of the first and second coils. In some embodiments, the first filament may include a different material than the second filament. In some embodiments, the first filament is a metal. In some embodiments, the second coil may be heat treated at a condition that would not at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible the material of the second coil.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, another method of manufacturing a coiled implant is disclosed. The method may include winding a first filament to form a first coil, and heat treating the first coil. The method may also include winding a second filament onto the first coil after the heat treating to form a second, outer coil. Heat treating the first coil may be at a condition that would at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible a material of the second coil. Moreover, heat treating of the first coil may form the first coil into at least one of a primary shape and a secondary shape. In at least one embodiment, the second coil may be heat treated at a condition that would not at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible the material of the second coil. In some embodiments, the first filament may be made of a different material than the second filament. In at least one embodiment, however, the first filament is made from a metal.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, methods of manufacturing a coiled implant are disclosed that provide winding a first filament to form a first coil having a helical gap in the winding and heat treating the first coil. The method may further include winding a second filament into the gap after the heat treating, thereby forming a second coil interwound with the first coil. The first filament may be made from a different material than the second filament. In some embodiments, heat treating the first coil may form the coil into at least one of a primary shape and a secondary shape. Moreover, heat treating of the first coil may be at a condition that would change at least one of a physical, chemical, and biological characteristic of the second coil and thereby render the second coil unsuitable for treatment of the patient. In other embodiments, heat treating of the first coil is at a condition that would at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible a material of the second coil. In yet other embodiments, the second coil is heat treated at a condition that would not at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible the material of the second coil
- In some methods described herein of manufacturing a coiled implant for implantation in, and treatment of, a patient, the methods include winding a first filament to form a first coil; heat treating the first coil; winding a second filament to form a second coil; and inserting one of the first and second coils into a lumen of the other of the first and second coils after the heat treating. In some instances, the heat treating of the first coil is at a condition that would change at least one of a physical, chemical, and biological characteristic of the second coil and thereby render the second coil unsuitable for treatment of the patient. In some instances, the heat treating is performed in a manner so as not to compromise performance of a coil. For example, various heat treating processes may melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and/or render non-biocompatible a material of the second coil, all of which may compromise performance of the coil. As a result, for example, the second coil may be heat treated at a condition that would not at least one of melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause a phase transition of, render inert, and render non-biocompatible the material of the second coil.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, a coil is disclosed that may include a coil winding having a first material and a second material. The first material may receive heat treatment, after being formed into a first coil, under conditions that would change at least one of a physical, chemical, and biological characteristic of the second coil and thereby render the second coil unsuitable for treatment of the patient. For example, the conditions may melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, destroy, alter, render non-biocompatible, or otherwise compromise the properties of the second material. In some embodiments, the coil may have a primary coil winding (e.g., a helical winding). In some embodiments, after the coil is formed to have the primary coil winding, the coil may further be formed into a secondary coil shape (e.g., a shape formed by wrapping or folding the coil into a spherical or other shape).
- The heat treatment may impart one of a primary shape and a secondary shape to the primary coil winding. The heat treatment may be configured to impart one of a primary shape and a secondary shape to the secondary coil winding. In some embodiments, the first coil may be made from the first material and the second material forms a second coil, the first and second coils being interwound. The second coil may be interwound with the first coil after the heat treatment. In one or more embodiments, the second coil may be coaxial with the first coil. In some embodiments, one of the first coil and the second coil may be dextrorotary and the other of the first coil and the second coil may be levorotary.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, a coil is disclosed that may include a first coil winding having a first secondary shape, and a second coil winding wound over the first coil winding and having a second secondary shape, different from the first secondary shape. In some embodiments, the second coil winding may not be heat treated into either a primary shape or the secondary shape. The first coil winding, however, may be formed by heat treatment into the first secondary shape. In some embodiments, the second coil winding may be wound over the first coil winding after the heat treatment.
- According to one or more aspects of the present disclosure, a system for treating vascular disease is disclosed. The system may include a coil implant that has at least one filament wound about, and having a lumen extending along, a coil long axis. The system may further include a securing member, coupled to the implant, and having a member long axis and extending within the lumen in a direction of the coil long axis. The member may have a first transverse axis and a second transverse axis normal to the first transverse axis, both transverse axes being normal to the coil long axis. The member may have (a) a first resistance to bending away from the coil long axis toward the first transverse axis, and (b) a second resistance to bending away from the coil long axis toward the second transverse axis, the first resistance to bending greater than the second resistance to bending.
- In some embodiments, the member may be helically twisted along the member long axis. The member may have a shape of a cross-section, normal to the member long axis, that is substantially polygonal. In some embodiments, the shape is substantially rectangular. In other embodiments, however, the member may have a shape of a cross-section, normal to the member long axis, that is substantially oval.
- Additional features and advantages of the technology will be set forth in the description below, and in part will be apparent from the description, or may be learned by practice of the disclosure. The advantages of the subject technology will be realized and attained by the structure particularly pointed out in the written description and claims hereof as well as the appended drawings.
- It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory and are intended to provide further explanation of the subject technology.
- The accompanying drawings, which are included to provide further understanding of the subject technology and are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate aspects of the technology and together with the description serve to explain the principles of the disclosure.
-
FIG. 1 a shows a plan view of the positioning system in accordance with some embodiments of the subject technology, and a plan view of an exemplary implant in accordance with some embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 1 b shows a closer view of a portion ofFIG. 1 a. -
FIG. 1 c shows a plan view of the position system ofFIG. 1 a within the human body. -
FIG. 1 d shows a closer view of a portion ofFIG. 1 c showing the positioning system in partial cross-section and an exemplary implant in accordance with some embodiments of the subject technology in a position within the human body. -
FIG. 1 e shows a closer view of a portion ofFIG. 1 c showing the positioning system in partial cross-section and an exemplary implant in accordance with some embodiments of the subject technology in another position within the human body. -
FIG. 2 a illustrates a partial cross-sectional view of an exemplary positioning system, according to one or more embodiments disclosed. -
FIG. 2 b illustrates a side view of another exemplary positioning system, according to one or more embodiments disclosed. -
FIG. 2 c illustrates an enlarged view of an exemplary coiled implant as shown inFIG. 2 b, according to one or more embodiments disclosed. -
FIG. 3 illustrates a side view of an exemplary multifilar coil that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 4 a illustrates a side view of another exemplary multifilar coil that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 4 b illustrates a cross-sectional side view of the multifilar coil ofFIG. 4 a, according to one or more embodiments. -
FIG. 5 illustrates a side view of another exemplary multifilar coil that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 6 illustrates a side view of another exemplary multifilar coil that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIGS. 7 a, 7 b, and 7 c illustrate cross-sectional views of exemplary filament winding shapes, according to one or more embodiments disclosed. -
FIG. 8 illustrates side and cross sectional views of an exemplary coil that exhibit two or more filament winding shapes along its axial length, and corresponding crimping dies to make the filament winding shapes, according to one or more embodiments of the disclosure. -
FIG. 9 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coil that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 10 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coil that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIGS. 11 a and 11 b illustrate side views of exemplary coils that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 12 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coil that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 13 illustrates a side view of an exemplary coiled implant that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 14 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coiled implant that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 15 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coiled implant that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 16 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coiled implant that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 17 illustrates a side view of another exemplary coiled implant that may be used in conjunction with the system ofFIG. 2 a or 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIG. 18 illustrates a partial cross sectional view of an exemplary system for treating vascular disease, according to one or more embodiments disclosed. -
FIGS. 19 a and 19 b illustrate side views of exemplary configurations of the securing member depicted inFIG. 18 , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIGS. 19 c and 19 d illustrate cross-sectional views of exemplary configurations of the securing member depicted inFIG. 18 , in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. -
FIGS. 20 a, 20 b, 20 c, and 20 d illustrate partial cross-sectional side views of exemplary configurations of a multifilar coil that can be used in conjunction with the systems ofFIGS. 2 a and 2 b, in accordance with various embodiments of the subject technology. - In the following detailed description, numerous specific details are set forth to provide a full understanding of the subject technology. It will be apparent, however, to one ordinarily skilled in the art that the subject technology may be practiced without some of these specific details. In other instances, well-known structures and techniques have not been shown in detail so as not to obscure the description.
- In one or more embodiments, the systems and devices disclosed herein may be used in veterinary or human medicine and, more particularly, for the endovascular treatment of intracranial aneurysms and acquired or innate arteriovenous blood vessel malformations and/or fistulas and/or for the embolization of tumors by thromboembolization. For this purpose, components of the various systems and devices disclosed herein may be designed as a stent, a coil implant, a filter, and the like, but may as well possess any other superimposed configuration as may be expedient. In one or more embodiments, the systems and devices disclosed herein may provide various designs and configurations for an aneurysm coil, as especially appropriate for the occlusion of intracranial aneurysms.
- A vascular implant device may be a positioning system 10 such as the one shown in
FIGS. 1 a-1 b. The positioning system 10 shown inFIGS. 1 a-1 b includes anactuator 20, apositioner 40 coupled with theactuator 20, and animplant interface 80 at the distal end of thepositioner 40. A portion of theimplant interface 80 may engage a complementary portion of animplant 95 in order to control the delivery (i.e., securing and detaching) of theimplant 95 at the desired location. While the implant is shown or described in several embodiments as comprising anembolic coil 90, any implant or device that is compatible with the subject technology may be used in lieu of or in conjunction with thecoil 90 in accordance with the embodiments described herein. Suitable implants and devices include, but are not limited to, stents, filters, thrombectomy devices, atherectomy devices, flow restoration devices, embolic coils, embolic protection devices, or other devices, and the like. Moreover, it will be appreciated that both detachable and non-detachable implants and/or devices may be used with the delivery or positioning system 10. -
FIG. 1 c shows the positioning system 10 ofFIGS. 1 a-1 b used inside a patient's vasculature. In the embodiment shown inFIG. 1 c, an operator uses a guide tube or guidecatheter 12 to position a delivery tube ormicrocatheter 14 in a patient's vasculature. This procedure involves inserting theguide catheter 12 into the patient's vasculature through an access point such as the groin, and directing thedistal end 12 a of theguide catheter 12 through the vascular system until it reaches the carotid artery. After removing a guide wire (not shown) from theguide catheter 12, amicrocatheter 14 may be inserted into theguide catheter 12 and thedistal end 14 a of themicrocatheter 14 subsequently exits the guide catheterdistal end 12 a and may be positioned near thetarget site 16, such as an aneurysm in the patient's brain. - In the embodiments illustrated in
FIGS. 1 d and 1 e, themicrocatheter 14 can includemicrocatheter markers distal end 14 a of themicrocatheter 14 with common imaging systems. After thedistal end 14 a reaches thetarget site 16, the positioning system 10 of the illustrated embodiment is then inserted into themicrocatheter 14 to position theimplant interface 80 at the distal end of thepositioner 40 near thetarget site 16, as illustrated inFIG. 1 d. Theimplant 95 can be attached to theimplant interface 80 prior to inserting the positioning system 10 into themicrocatheter 14. This mode of implant delivery is illustrated inFIGS. 1 c-1 e. The delivery of theimplant 95 is facilitated by disposing themicrocatheter marker 15 a near thetarget site 16, and aligning themicrocatheter marker 15 with apositioner marker 64 in thepositioner 40 which, when the two markers (markers 15 and 64) are aligned with each other as illustrated inFIG. 1 e, indicates to the operator that theimplant interface 80 is in the proper position for the release of theimplant 95 from the positioning system 10. - Referring to
FIGS. 1 a-1 b, theimplant interface 80 is a portion of the positioning system 10 that allows the operator to mechanically control the engagement and disengagement of theimplant 95 to thepositioner 40, and allows thepositioner 40 to retain theimplant 95 in a way that minimally contacts theimplant 95, that permits movement of the implant relative to the positioner in some or all of axial, tilt, and rotational directions, and that allows theimplant 95 to move axially and without radial movement when engaging and disengaging theimplant interface 80. - Referring now to
FIG. 2 a, illustrated is an enlarged view of anexemplary implant interface 80, according to one or more embodiments. Thepositioner 40 as generally described above may include anelongate positioner tube 42 which houses a wire orcord 52 that is translatable within thetube 42 when moved by an operator. The distal end of thepositioner tube 42 engages theimplant interface 80 and may terminate at an end cap ordome 81. In other embodiments, theend cap 81 can be replaced by a partial or whole loop, ring, or eyelet, and/or carried by a stiffening member disposed at a distance from thepositioner tube 42. Theend cap 81 may have aport 84 through whichpositioner tube 42 communicates with the exterior environment of thepositioner 40 or the interior of the microcatheter 14 (FIGS. 1 c-e), depending on the position of thepositioner 40 in relation to themicrocatheter 14. Enclosed about the longitudinal length of thepositioner tube 42 is apositioner tube sleeve 66 that provides a sliding exterior surface to thepositioner tube 42 that facilitates the insertion and sliding of thepositioner tube 42 into and through themicrocatheter 14. Thepositioner tube sleeve 66 increases lubricity between thepositioner tube 42 and the inner lumen surface of themicrocatheter 14 and increases the structural integrity of thepositioner tube 42. - The
implant interface 80, may be configured to allow the operator to mechanically control the engagement and disengagement of theimplant 95, such as thecoil 90, to thepositioner 40 in various ways. Theinterface 80 further allows thepositioner 40 to retain theimplant 95 in a way that minimally contacts theimplant 95, that permits movement in all directions of motion and rotationally, and that allows theimplant 95 to move axially and without radial movement when engaging and disengaging thepositioner 40. In one or more embodiments, theimplant interface 80, in conjunction with thepositioner 40, provides mechanical control of the engagement and disengagement of theimplant 95 by retaining a member (e.g., rod 94) that engages theimplant 95. The member may be introduced into theimplant interface 80 through an opening (e.g., port 84) in the positioning system 10, and retained at theimplant interface 80 by obstructing the opening at least in part, or fully, so as to physically prevent the complete exit of the member back through the opening. - In one or more embodiments, obstruction is achieved with a movable elongate member (e.g., the cord 52) disposed along the length of the positioning system 10 with a distal end that obstructs the opening. By obstructing the opening and not fixedly restraining the
implant 95, theimplant 95 remains free to move according to the limitations defined by theimplant interface 80, which includes movement in the axial and radial directions compared to the axis of the positioning system 10, rotational movement about an axis of theimplant 95, and angular movement that disposes theimplant 95 at an angle as compared to the axis of the positioning system 10. Furthermore, by obstructing the opening and not directly restraining theimplant 95, the contact between theimplant interface 80 and theimplant 95 may be minimized. - Referring specifically to the exemplary embodiment shown in
FIG. 2 a, thecord 52 may be disposed at theimplant interface 80. Adistal tip 88 of thecord 52 is positioned in theport 84 of theend cap 81 so that it partially obstructs theport 84 when thecord 52 is at its most distally advanced position in thepositioner tube 42. Thepositioner tube 42 and theend cap 81 cooperatively define acavity 86 within theimplant interface 80. Thedistal tip 88 of thecord 52 is disposed within theport 84 in theend cap 81 and prevents an enlarged portion, e.g., aball 96, carried by arod 94 engaged by theimplant 95 to move distally through theport 84. In some instances, thecord 52 can extend distally of theball 96, and in some embodiments, thecord 52 can terminate radially adjacent theball 96. In some embodiments, the cross-sectional dimension of theball 96 coupled with the cross-sectional dimension of thecord 52 is too large for theball 96 to pass through theport 84. In such embodiments, thecord 52 andball 96 obstruct the port by their engagement with one another proximally of theport 84. - To detach the
implant 95 from thepositioner 40 at theimplant interface 80, thecord 52 is moved in the proximal direction relative to thepositioner tube 42 such that thedistal tip 88 of thecord 52 is proximal of theport 84 in theend cap 81 and no longer obstructs theport 84. At this point, theball 96 carried by therod 94 and engaging theimplant 95 is free to move distally through theport 84 or, alternatively, thepositioner tube 42 or theentire positioner 40 can be moved in the proximal direction to allow theball 96 to exit thepositioner tube 42. In one or more embodiments, the proximal edges of theend cap 81 at theport 84 are rounded or chamfered to facilitate the exit of theball 96 from theimplant interface 80. - In another exemplary embodiment, the
distal tip 88 of thecord 52 is not disposed in theport 84 of theend cap 81 but instead abuts against an interior surface of theend cap 81. The diameter or thickness of thedistal tip 88 may be sufficient to obstruct theport 84 such that theball 96 carried by therod 94 is not able to freely move distally through theport 84. Proximal movement of thedistal tip 88 removes the obstruction from the proximal edge of theport 84, thereby providing a means for theball 96 carried by therod 94 to exit theport 84 and detach theimplant 95. - As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, several methods or processes of mechanically detaching the
implant 95 from thepositioner 40 at theimplant interface 80 are possible. In some embodiments, such as is described briefly above, theimplant 95 is detached or otherwise released from thepositioner 40 through proximal translation of thecord 52. For example, thecord 52 may be pulled proximally with respect to theimplant interface 80. In other embodiments, thepositioner 40 may be pushed distally such that theimplant interface 80 moves distally with respect to thecord 52. In one or more embodiments, detaching theimplant 95 from thepositioner 40 includes breaking a portion of thecord 52 free from mechanical, welded, or adhesive engagement with theball 96 or therod 94. In other embodiments, detaching theimplant 95 from thepositioner 40 includes plastically deforming one of thecord 52, theball 96, or therod 94 such that mutual engagement between such components is eliminated and theimplant 95 is thereby freed. In yet other embodiments, detaching theimplant 95 from thepositioner 40 includes removing frictional engagement between the cord and one or both of theball 96 and therod 94. - In yet further embodiments, detaching the
implant 95 from thepositioner 40 at theimplant interface 80 may be realized through an electrolytic process. For instance, referring now toFIGS. 2 b and 2 c, illustrated is anotherexemplary positioning system 100, according to one or more embodiments disclosed. Thesystem 100 has aproximal end 102 a and adistal end 102 b and may include theimplant 95, such as a coiled implant, arranged at or adjacent thedistal end 102 b. Thesystem 100 may further include thepositioner 40 extending from the user in conjunction with theimplant interface 80. In one or more embodiments, theimplant interface 80 may include aseverance module 106 coupled to or otherwise arranged adjacent theimplant 95. As illustrated, thesystem 100 may be a generally elongate structure having a long axis orlongitudinal axis 110 where each of theimplant 95, theseverance module 106, and thepositioner 40 are axially-offset along saidlongitudinal axis 110. As used herein, “long axis” and “longitudinal axis” are used interchangeably. - A retaining
element 112 may be configured to generally extend along thelongitudinal axis 110 of thesystem 100 from theproximal end 102 a to thedistal end 102 b. In one or more embodiments, the retainingelement 112 may be coupled on one end to thedistal end 102 b and to therod 94 on an opposite end. In some embodiments, the retainingelement 112 may extend through theimplant 95 in order to substantially prevent theimplant 95 from elongating axially. In one or more embodiments, the retainingelement 112 extends within contiguous lumens defined within each of theimplant 95 and theimplant interface 80. As used herein, the terms “proximal” and “distal” are understood in such a way that “proximal” refers to a point situated in a direction away from the target treatment site, that is towards the user interface (for example, the actuator) for the surgeon or user, whereas “distal” points to the treatment site within the organism, i.e., away from the user interface. - Referring to
FIG. 2 c, with continued reference toFIG. 2 b, illustrated is an enlarged view of theexemplary implant 95, according to one or more embodiments. Theimplant 95 may have aproximal end 202 a and adistal end 202 b. As illustrated, thedistal end 202 b may include adistal tip 204 coupled or otherwise attached thereto. In one embodiment, thedistal tip 204 is designed as an atraumatic head that prevents damage to the vasculature of the patient while theimplant 95 traverses within the patient or otherwise prevents theimplant 95 from binding against the inner walls of the vasculature. Simultaneously, thedistal tip 204 may serve as a distal implant marker enabling theimplant 95 to be placed in position under radiographic observance. To this end, in at least one embodiment, thedistal tip 204 is made of a platinum/iridium alloy or other radiopaque material, but may be made of other materials or combinations of materials without departing from the scope of the disclosure. For example, in at least one embodiment, thedistal tip 204 is made of non-radiopaque polypropylene. - At its
proximal end 202 a, theimplant 95 may be coupled to thepositioner 40 via theseverance module 106 and/or the implant interface 80 (FIG. 2 b). In some embodiments, theproximal end 202 a is welded at one ormore seams 206 in order to be coupled to theseverance module 106. In other embodiments, however, theseams 206 may include a mechanical or adhesive attachment means enabling theimplant 95 to be coupled or otherwise attached to thepositioner 40 via theseverance module 106. In some embodiments thecoil implant 95 is electrically isolated from theseverance module 106, in one example, by using polymer adhesive as the coupling. According to one or more embodiments, theimplant 95 may be coated with one or more medically-effective substances such as, for example, a thrombogenic agent. - In some embodiments, the
implant 95 is made of awire 208 that has been wound multiple times to form a generally tubular structure. In at least one embodiment, thewire 208 is wound so as to form a spiral helix, for example, a spiral helix forming several contiguous loops or windings having a pitch that is constant or alternatively varies over the length of theimplant 95. As will be described below, however, thewire 208 may be formed or otherwise wound into several alternative configurations without departing from the scope of the disclosure. In one or more embodiments, thewire 208 may be made of a nickel-titanium alloy (e.g., nitinol) which possesses both mechanical and thermal shape memory characteristics. In other embodiments, however, thewire 208 may be made of any material exhibiting mechanical and/or thermal shape memory characteristics or, alternatively, platinum, platinum alloys, tungsten, tungsten alloys, or other like materials. - In some embodiments, after detachment the
implant 95 may assume a predetermined, superimposed configuration. As used herein, the term “superimposed” may refer to a shape or configuration that theimplant 95 is configured to assume as preprogrammed through one or more heat treatment processes or methods undertaken by thewire 208. As discussed in more detail below, the superimposed configuration may include theimplant 95 assuming a primary and/or a secondary shape. In some embodiments, the retainingelement 112 extends through theimplant 95 and operates to limit longitudinal stretching of theimplant 95. For example, the retainingelement 112 may have a length that is shorter than a length that theimplant 95 may be stretched to which would thereby cause plastic deformation or general unwinding of theimplant 95. Many such embodiments are described in U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2010/0030200, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the present disclosure. - To properly position the
implant 95 at the treatment site, theimplant 95 is coupled to, or at least manipulated by, thepositioner 40 and implant interface 80 (FIG. 2 b) and maneuvered towards the treatment site using the delivery catheter, such as a micro-catheter 14 (FIG. 1 c). In some embodiments, thepositioner 40 and the retainingelement 112 may be sized such that they can be separately manipulated by the user. In one or more embodiments, thepositioner 40 and the retainingelement 112 are designed as straightforward linear elements that extend proximally through the micro-catheter and ultimately to the user who can simultaneously manipulate them together with the micro-catheter. Having reached the treatment site, theimplant 95 accommodating the retainingelement 112 is pushed out of the micro-catheter distally and placed in position. Accuracy of the placement may be verified under radiographic observance. - As will be appreciated, the predetermined, superimposed configuration of the
implant 95 may vary depending on the application or to suit the respective purposes for the system 100 (FIG. 2 b). For example, the superimposed configuration of theimplant 95 may be basket-shaped or tubular, which configurations are particularly effective in occluding vascular malformations. In other embodiments, however, the superimposed configuration provides a generally tubular structure which may be employed, for example, as a stent or an aneurysm coil. Accordingly, the superimposed configuration may constitute a coil or spring, such as a spiral helix or helical spring. These structures exhibit an essentially tubular structure, which is typical of stents and aneurysm coils, and are also advantageously flexible and stable. Nevertheless, theimplant 95 may also exhibit other shapes and/or profiles such as, but not limited to, a profiled section or a folded form. Several variations and configurations of theimplant 95 are described in detail below. - In applications where the
implant 95 is to be delivered to fine intracranial or cerebral vessels, implants having a coiled or spring structure may be particularly suited. As can be appreciated, the specific sizing of theimplant 95 may be governed by the size of the treatment site or destination vessel and may be easily determined by those skilled in the art. For example, in some embodiments, the primary shape of theimplant 95 may have an outer diameter ranging between about 0.5 mm and about 10 mm. In other embodiments, however, the outer diameter of theimplant 95 may be less than about 0.5 mm and greater than about 10 mm, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - As discussed above, the
wire 208 forming theimplant 95 may be of a material that exhibits mechanical and/or thermal shape memory characteristics. In some embodiments, thewire 208 may be made of platinum or platinum alloys that have undergone a stress relief anneal process configured to help thewire 208 “remember” the superimposed or primary wound shape and automatically expand thereto.Wire 208 made of platinum and platinum alloys, or of similar materials, may also undergo stress relief annealing in order to better remember a secondary shape of theimplant 95. In other embodiments the wire may be a nickel-titanium alloy and undergo a heat treatment configured to help the alloy remember a preprogrammed shape. Such a heat treatment may be comprised of restraining the wire in the desired shape, heat treating the restrained wire, then releasing the restraint. In one or more embodiments, the diameter of thewire 208 may range between about 0.03 mm and about 0.3 mm. In other embodiments, the diameter of thewire 208 may range between about 0.05 mm and about 0.2 mm. In at least one embodiment, diameter of thewire 208 may be about 0.06 mm. In yet other embodiments, the diameter of thewire 208 may range from dimensions below about 0.03 mm and above about 0.3 mm, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - As described above, the
implant 95 may be formed as a spiral helix forming several contiguous loops having a pitch that may vary over the length of theimplant 95. In applications where it is desired to occlude an aneurysm and/or otherwise provide areas of differing or preferred bending or flexibility, the pitch of the loops may be reduced from the middle of theimplant 95 towards theends 202 a,b such that there will be a denser loop arrangement in the middle and a less dense loop arrangement at theends 202 a,b. Such embodiments, and variations thereof, are generally explained below with reference toFIG. 14 . - Referring again to
FIG. 2 b, the positioner 40 (in conjunction with the implant interface 80) may introduce theimplant 95 into body vessels and cavities. In some embodiments, thepositioner 40 is a tubular structure or some other linear element that defines aninner lumen 114. As briefly described above, thepositioner 40 and theimplant 95 may be connected via theseverance module 106 included in theimplant interface 80. As will be appreciated, however, any connection that can be effectively detached from theimplant 95 may be suitable for use as theimplant interface 80. Theseverance module 106, for instance, may be suited for any kind of implant detachment or severance. For example, theseverance module 106 may be designed for, but not limited to, mechanical, thermal, or electrochemical (e.g., electrolytic) detachment. Various exemplary mechanical detachment embodiments that may be used in conjunction with thesystem 100 are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/297,419, which published as U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2010/0030200, the contents of which are incorporated by reference, as stated above. - In applications designed for electrochemical severance of the
implant 95 from thepositioner 40, theseverance module 106 may require a voltage source and a cathode. Thepositioner 40 may include an insulatingsleeve 116 shrink-fitted onto the outer surface of thepositioner 40 and used, for example, to prevent thepositioner 40 from corroding electrolytically. Theimplant 95 may serve as an anode and be slidably-arranged within the catheter. Theseverance module 106 has aseverance location 120 that is electrolytically-corrodible so that when in contact with a bodily fluid or the like, theimplant 95 will be detached by electrolytic processes. - It will be appreciated that the sizing of the
severance module 106 and/or of the helix forming theimplant 95 may be selected such that it only represents a minimum length of theimplant 95 and in this way will not impede the placement process. At the treatment site, such as at an aneurysm theimplant 95 is positioned in front of the aneurysm entry point by slidingly moving thepositioner 40 within the vasculature (not shown). Once the fully-shapedimplant 95 has been optimally positioned, it may be detached from thepositioner 40. Theimplant 95 will then remain in the aneurysm, causing the aneurysm to be occluded. - Referring now to
FIG. 3 , illustrated is amultifilar coil 304, according to one or more embodiments. Themultifilar coil 304 may be similar in some respects to thecoil implant 95 generally described above with reference toFIGS. 2 a-c. As such, themultifilar coil 304 may be adapted to replace or otherwise supplement the previously-describedcoil implant 90, and thereby be used in conjunction with thesystems 10, 100 generally described herein. Accordingly, themultifilar coil 304 and its application may be best understood with reference to the discussion surroundingFIGS. 2 a-c. - In one or more embodiments, the
multifilar coil 304 may be made frommultiple filaments 302 consecutively and helically wound about alongitudinal axis 306. In the illustrated example, themultifilar coil 304 is quadrafilar, i.e., having four different types, configurations, and/or lengths offilaments 302 wound together as a group, namely, a first filament 302A, a second filament 302B, a third filament 302C, and a fourth filament 308D. The grouping of filaments 302A-D may be consecutively wound in a helical pattern around thelongitudinal axis 306. As will be appreciated, however, other embodiments may include more or less than four filaments 302A-D. For instance, themultifilar coil 304 may equally be bifilar, trifilar, or include more than four types or configurations offilaments 302, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - The filaments 302A-D may be substantially similar to the
wire 208 described above with reference toFIG. 2 c, such as lengths of wire wound multiple times to form a generally tubular structure. The filaments 302A-D may be made of shape memory materials, such as nitinol. In other embodiments, however, one or more of the filaments 302A-D may be made of metals or metal alloys, such as platinum, and may be coated with one or more medically-effective substances such as, for example, a thrombogenic agent. In yet other embodiments, one or more of thefilaments 302 may be made of a biologically-active material. For example, at least onefilament 302 may include a fibrin-coated strand to encourage speedier tissue overgrowth, or more speedy or complete clotting at the treatment site. In other embodiments, other filaments 302A-D may be made of biologically-active (e.g., biodegradable, bioerodible, etc.) materials, such as polyglycolic acid (PGA) or polyglycolide, or poly(lactic) acid (PLA) or polylactide or polycaprolactone. One or more of the filaments 302A-D may be made of a combination of materials, for example an alloy of PGA/PLA, intended to facilitate similar goals. - As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art,
filaments 302 made of biologically-active materials may be too pliant or soft to form a suitable unifilar coil. However, such materials may be viable components and/or additions to amultifilar coil 304 having one or more otherrigid filaments 302 that serve to form a structurally-acceptable coil. The incorporation of afilament 302 made of biologically-active materials may confer suitable biological properties over the length of themultifilar coil 304. - In some embodiments, each of the filaments 302A-D are made of platinum wire. In other embodiments the first, second, and third filaments 302A-C are made of platinum wire, and the fourth filament 302D is made of a PGA, PLA, or PGA/PLA monofilament. In other embodiments, the first, third, and fourth filaments 302A,C,D are made of platinum wire, and the second filament 302B is platinum wire coated with one or more medically-effective substances. In other embodiments, the first, second, and fourth filaments 302A,B,D are made of a nitinol wire, and the third filament 302C is made of a platinum wire. In yet other embodiments, the first and third filaments 302A,C are made of a platinum wire, the second filament 302B is made of nitinol, and the fourth filament 302D is a PGA, PLA, or PGA/PLA monofilament. As will be appreciated, many other configurations of materials for each filament 302A-D may be employed, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- Moreover, the cross-sectional shape or diameter of each filament 302A-D may be the same or varied when compared with adjacent filaments 302A-D or any of the filaments within the grouping of filaments 302A-D. In other embodiments, however, the filaments 302A-D may be lengths of ribbon having a substantially rectangular cross-sectional shape. In either event, as illustrated, the filaments 302A-D may be consecutively arranged substantially adjacent to each other along the length of the
multifilar coil 304. For example, with the exception of the ends of themultifilar coil 304, the first filament 302A generally interposes the fourth and second filaments 302D, 302B, the second filament 302B generally interposes the first and third filaments 302A, 302C, the third filament 302C generally interposes the second and fourth filaments 302B, 302D, and the fourth filament 302D generally interposes the third and first filaments 302C, 302A. Accordingly, the filaments 302A-D are arranged in a repeating A-B-C-D winding pattern along the length of themultifilar coil 304. - Several characteristics of the filaments 304A-D may affect the performance, flexibility, or bendability of the
multifilar coil 304. For example, the material, cross-sectional shape, diameter, surface finish, shape, and/or size of each filament 304A-D may be manipulated in order to optimize flexibility of thecoil 304. Whether the filament 302A-D has undergone one or more heat treatment processes may also be a factor affecting flexibility. Various cross-sectional shapes of the filaments 302A-D may be used such as, but not limited to, oval, round, star, or polygonal. In some embodiments, these characteristics may be the same or varied in each filament 304A-D in order to achieve a desired flexibility of themultifilar coil 304. Moreover, varying and optimizing these characteristics of the filaments 304A-D may also serve to achieve a desired increase in the axial stretch resistance of themultifilar coil 304, and a reduction in the respective axial bending and buckling resistances of themultifilar coil 304. - The pitch between
adjacent filaments 302 may also be varied in order to adjust the flexibility of themultifilar coil 304. As illustrated inFIG. 3 , the adjacent filaments 302A-D may be in contact with each other along the length of themultifilar coil 304. In other embodiments, however, the pitch between adjacent filaments 302A-D may be increased such that a gap is formed therebetween. Such an embodiment is generally described in more detail below with respect toFIG. 14 . For the purposes of this disclosure, the term “adjacent” does not necessarily mean “contacting,” but may mean near but not in biasing engagement. It will be appreciated that multifilar coils may have a increased pitch length as compared to conventional unifilar coils and, therefore, for a given primary wire diameter, may be stiffer than unifilar coils. Also, multifilar coils generally offer additional design flexibility as compared to unifilar coils. - Referring now to
FIG. 4 a, illustrated is anotherexemplary multifilar coil 404, according to one or more embodiments. Themultifilar coil 404 may be substantially similar to themultifilar coil 304 described above with reference toFIG. 3 and may therefore be best understood with reference toFIG. 3 , where like numerals and references refer to like components that will not be described again in detail. Themultifilar coil 404 may be characterized generally as a quadrifilar coil that includes two interwound bifilar coils and/or lengths offilaments 302. In particular, themultifilar coil 404 may include an arrangement of the first and second filaments 302A and 302B, respectively, where aplurality 402 a of adjacent first filaments 302A is followed by aplurality 402 b of adjacent second filaments 302B in a repeating configuration along the length of themultifilar coil 404. It will be appreciated, however, that themultifilar coil 404 may include the use of more than twointerwound multifilar filaments 302 and therefore include more than two corresponding and repeating pluralities 402. In one or more embodiments, for example, themultifilar coil 404 may include between about two and about twelvefilament 302 types or configurations, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - As can be appreciated, determining the appropriate number of
filaments 302 will have a direct impact on the lateral bending characteristics of themultifilar coil 404, and the other coils and implants described herein. As illustrated, the filaments may be arranged at an angle α with respect to thelongitudinal axis 306. Multifilar coils that have lateral bending characteristics that are more coil-like will have filaments arranged at angle α≧45° to thelongitudinal axis 306. Multifilar coils that have lateral bending characteristics that are more beam-like, however, will have filaments arranged at angle α<45° to thelongitudinal axis 306. - At 45° to the
longitudinal axis 306 there is a maximum number offilaments 302 that will fit, shoulder to shoulder, around the perimeter, e.g., circumference, of the coil or implant. This maximum number can be calculated or otherwise derived from the primary coil diameter and the filament diameter. Assuming that all of thefilaments 302 are of the same circular diameter, several non-limiting examples of approximate maximum numbers offilaments 302 are presented in Table 1 below. -
TABLE 1 Max. Filament No. Coil Primary Diameter Filament Diameter at 45° 0.010″ 0.001″ 19.99 0.010″ 0.0015″ 12.58 0.010″ 0.002″ 8.88 0.010″ 0.0025″ 6.66 0.014″ 0.0015″ 18.51 0.014″ 0.002″ 13.32 0.014″ 0.0025″ 10.21 0.018″ 0.0015″ 24.43 0.018″ 0.002″ 17.77 0.018″ 0.0025″ 13.77 0.018″ 0.003″ 11.10 0.035″ 0.0015″ 49.59 0.035″ 0.0018″ 40.96 0.035″ 0.002″ 36.64 0.035″ 0.0025″ 28.87 0.035″ 0.003″ 23.69 - In embodiments where the resulting calculation determines that a fractional number of
filaments 302 is appropriate for a 45° angle to thelongitudinal axis 306, the coil designer has several choices: a) round the number of filaments 30 to the integer below, thereby reducing the coil primary diameter; b) round the number offilaments 302 to the integer below and also increase the filament diameter in order to preserve the coil primary diameter; c) round the number offilaments 302 to the integer above, thereby increasing the coil primary diameter; and d) round the number offilaments 302 to the integer above and reduce the filament diameter in order to preserve the coil primary diameter. It will be appreciated thatfilaments 302 having differing diameters from one to another and non-circular cross sectional shapes may also be used, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. The number ofsuch filaments 302 may be calculated according to the principles discussed herein forcircular cross-section filaments 302. - As illustrated, the
first plurality 402 a may include two consecutive and adjacent loops or coils of first filaments 302A, and thesecond plurality 402 b may include two consecutive and adjacent loops or coils of second filaments 302B. Accordingly, the filaments 302A-B may be arranged in a repeating A-A-B-B loop or winding pattern along the length of themultifilar coil 404, and thepluralities 402 a,b correspondingly repeat this pattern contiguously. It will be appreciated that more than two windings of each filament 302A-B may be included in eachplurality 402 a,b, respectively, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Moreover, in some embodiments, at least one of thepluralities 402 a,b may include asolitary filament 302 while the other plurality includes a solitary filament ormultiple filaments 302. - Embodiments contemplated herein further include more than two
pluralities 402 a,b ofadjacent filaments 302 extending contiguously and repeating along the length of themultifilar coil 404. For example, embodiments are contemplated where there are continuous pluralities 402 ofadjacent filaments 302 that include multiple loops or windings of each of the filaments 302A-D (FIG. 3 ) disclosed herein, or additional filaments not particularly disclosed herein. As a result, there is practically no limit to the possible plurality combinations or loop patterns that may be arranged along the length of themultifilar coil 404. - In some embodiments, the first filaments 302A may exhibit a substantially equal first filament lateral flexibility and at least two of the second filaments 302B may have a second lateral flexibility. As used herein, “lateral flexibility” may refer to a relative bendability of a filament away from its longitudinal axis and may also include a relative bendability of one or more helically wound filaments as they bend away from a central longitudinal axis of a helically wound coil made of the one or more filaments. Lateral flexibility may be tested, for example, by standard tests such as a 3-point bending test. The first filaments 302A may exhibit a different flexibility or bendability when compared with the second filaments 302B. For example, the first filament lateral flexibility of the first filaments 302A may be different than the second filament lateral flexibility of the second filaments 302B, such that the second filament lateral flexibility is less than the first filament lateral flexibility. As described above, the respective flexibilities may be at least partially based on several factors including, but not limited to, the diameter of the filament 302A-B, the material composition of the filament 302A-B, whether the filament 302A-B has undergone heat treatment, etc. As a result, the first filament lateral flexibility of the first filaments 302A may be greater than the second filament lateral flexibility of the second filaments 302B, such as by about two times greater, about three times greater, about five times greater, or about ten times greater. In some embodiments, as shown below, the first filament lateral flexibility of the first filaments 302A may be greater than the second filament lateral flexibility of the second filaments 302B by about 50×, 100×, 500×, 1000×, 2000×, or more than 2000× the second filament flexibility. As will be appreciated, however, the differences in respective filament lateral flexibilities may be adjusted or otherwise designed to meet specific application parameters and are not to be limited to only the multiples disclosed herein.
- In some embodiments, a useful index or formula that may be used to determine filament flexibility is E*I, where E is the Young's Modulus of the filament material, I is the second moment of area of the
particular filament 302, and E*I is the mathematical product of the two. For example, the Young's Modulus for various materials is tabulated below in Table 2: -
TABLE 2 Material Young's Modulus, E (GPa) Gold 78 Nitinol (Austenitic) 75-83 Platinum 168 Tungsten 411 Tantalum 186 Stainless Steel 199 PGA 0.24 PLA 0.35-2.8 Polycaprolactone 0.3 Polyester 3 - The filament flexibilities of two filaments can be compared using the formula (E1*I1)/(E2*I2); where E1 and E2 are the corresponding Young's Modulus for the first and second filaments, respectively, and I1 and I2 are the second moment of area for the first and second filaments, respectively.
- In embodiments where the two filaments have the same cross-sectional shape and size, then they will have the same second moment of area. If the two filaments are made of different materials then the two wires will exhibit different moduli, and the comparative expression would be reduced to E1/E2. Accordingly, using this expression, platinum has a filament flexibility that is 700 times less (168/0.24) than that of PGA. Similarly, tungsten has a filament flexibility that is 2.4 times less (411/168) than that of platinum. If the two filaments have a different cross-sectional shape and/or size then the second moment of area in lateral bending will need to be calculated for each of the two filaments, and the results can be entered into the equation above.
- As a result of the differences in filament lateral flexibilities in the filaments 302A-B, each
plurality 402 a,b may correspondingly provide a distinct region along the length of themultifilar coil 404 that exhibits a discrete flexibility analogous to the filament lateral flexibility of its respective component filaments 302A-B. For example, afirst region 406 a along the length of themultifilar coil 404 may be a helically wound region that is defined by at least a portion of the helically wound first filaments 302A, and thisfirst region 406 a may exhibit a first coil flexibility over the axial length corresponding to thefirst region 406 a, or the first region's 406 a helical axial length. Asecond region 406 b, juxtaposed adjacent thefirst region 406 a, may be a helically wound region that is defined by at least a portion of the helically wound second filaments 302B, and thissecond region 406 b may exhibit a second coil flexibility over the axial length corresponding to thesecond region 406 b. The first andsecond regions 406 a,b may be sized substantially equally, e.g., having substantially equal length, along the long axis of thecoil 404. In some embodiments, theregions 406 a,b may have the same number of filaments having the same diameter, orregions 406 a,b may have different numbers of filaments and/or different diameters. But in other embodiments, the first andsecond regions 406 a,b may be sized differently along the length of thecoil 404. For example, the lengths and/or diameters of theregions 406 a,b can be different from each other, and/or the numbers of filaments employed may be different. - In some embodiments, the first coil flexibility corresponding to the
first region 406 a may be greater than the second coil flexibility corresponding to thesecond region 406 b, depending on the characteristics of the filaments 302A,B, and thereby permitting the helically woundfirst region 406 a to bend or flex to a greater degree than the helically woundsecond region 406 b. In one or more embodiments, the first coil flexibility may be greater than the second coil flexibility, such as by about two times greater, about three times greater, about five times greater, or about ten times greater. As a result, the helical axial length of thefirst region 406 a may have a greater tendency to bend or flex than the helical axial length of thesecond region 406 b when a force is applied to thecoil 404. Consequently, the coil will have a direction of easy lateral bending, along the helical axial length, that corresponds to a radial direction from the axis toward thefirst pluralities 2006 a. - Referring now to
FIG. 4 b, with continued reference toFIG. 4 a, illustrated is a cross-sectional view of themultifilar coil 404, according to one or more embodiments. As illustrated, themultifilar coil 404 may include a series of contiguous first andsecond pluralities 402 a,b spanning a portion of the axial length of thecoil 404, and thereby providing a corresponding series of first andsecond coil regions 406 a,b, respectively. Moreover, each of the first andsecond pluralities 402 a,b may include three adjacent filaments 302A,B, respectively. Aforce 408 applied to themultifilar coil 404 will cause thecoil 404 to bend or flex. In some embodiments, theforce 408 is a lateral force applied normal to thelongitudinal axis 306, thereby forcing themultifilar coil 404 to bend in afirst direction 410 and result in a generally convex radial portion 412 a and a generally concave radial portion 412 b. - As a result of the increased filament lateral flexibility of the first filament(s) 302A in the
first pluralities 402 a with respect to the filament lateral flexibility of the second filament(s) 302B in thesecond pluralities 402 b, thefirst regions 402 a in the concave portion 412 b will preferentially bend or flex (in torsion) before thesecond regions 402 b bend or flex. As thecoil 404 bends in thefirst direction 410, the adjacent filaments 302A begin to separate from each other by afirst distance 414 in the convex portion 412 a. Moreover, adjacent filaments 302A,B in adjacent first andsecond pluralities 402 a,b, respectively, may also begin to separate from each other by asecond distance 416. In some embodiments, thesecond distance 416 may be less than thefirst distance 414. In yet other embodiments, as thecoil 404 bends in thefirst direction 410, adjacent filaments 302B in an adjacentsecond plurality 402 b may begin to separate from each other by athird distance 418, where thethird distance 418 may be less than thefirst distance 414 and may be less than thesecond distance 416. - Referring again to
FIG. 4 a, themultifilar coil 404 may include aproximal end region 404 a and adistal end region 404 b. In one or more embodiments, theproximal end region 404 a couples to a delivery device (not shown), such as thepositioner 40 in conjunction with theimplant interface 80 described above with reference toFIGS. 2 a-c, or other devices known in the art or otherwise described herein. - Referring now to
FIG. 5 , illustrated is anotherexemplary multifilar coil 504, according to one or more embodiments. Themultifilar coil 504 may be substantially similar to the multifilar coils 304 and 404 described above with reference toFIGS. 3 and 4 , respectively and therefore may be best understood with reference toFIGS. 3 and 4 , where like numerals and references refer to like components that will not be described again. As illustrated, themultifilar coil 504 may be formed from multiple filaments 302A-D wrapped helically about thelongitudinal axis 306. As with prior embodiments, more or less than the four distinct filaments 302A-D shown inFIG. 5 may be employed, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - The
multifilar coil 504 may include multiple bending regions extending along the length of thecoil 504. For example, themultifilar coil 504 may include afirst bending region 502 a, asecond bending region 502 b, athird bending region 502 c, and afourth bending region 502 d. Thefirst bending region 502 a may include one or more loops formed from each of the first, second, third, and fourth filaments 302A-D contiguously arranged and repeating a predetermined loop pattern, such as A-B-C-D. It will be appreciated that several variations in the number of filaments 302A-D and corresponding loops or windings may be included in thefirst bending region 502 a. Moreover, the loop pattern resulting from the combination of filaments 302A-D may be repeated multiple times, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Moreover, the pitch between adjacent filaments 302A-D may be manipulated (e.g., increased or decreased) so as to adjust or otherwise optimize the bendability or flexibility across thefirst bending region 502 a. - In at least one embodiment, one or more of the filaments 302A-D in the
first bending region 502 a may terminate distally and thereafter cease to wind contiguously with the remaining filaments 302A-D. For example, as illustrated inFIG. 5 , the fourth filament 302D may terminate at the distal end of thefirst bending region 502 a and as a result is not present thereafter in the second, third, or fourth bendingregions 502 b-d, but instead leaves agap 506 between the first andsecond bending regions 502 a,b and in subsequent bending regions, such as between the second andthird bending regions 502 b,c. - Since the fourth filament 302D terminates at the distal end of the
first bending region 502 a, thesecond bending region 502 b may include one or more loops formed from each of the first, second, and third filaments 302A-C contiguously arranged and repeating a predetermined loop pattern, such as A-B-C. While only one occurrence of the loop pattern A-B-C is depicted inFIG. 5 , it will be appreciated that the loop pattern A-B-C may be repeated multiple times within thesecond bending region 502 b. As a result, thegap 506 formed by the termination of the fourth filament 302D may also be repeated a corresponding number of times within thesecond bending region 502 b, while the pitch of the remaining filaments 302A-C remains constant. - In some embodiments, one or more of the filaments 302A-C in the
second bending region 502 b may terminate at the distal end of 502 b and thereafter cease to wind contiguously with the remaining filaments 302A&C. For example, the second filament 302B may be configured to terminate at the distal end of thesecond bending region 502 b and thereafter is not present in the third orfourth bending regions 502 c,d but instead leaves one ormore gaps 508. As a result, thethird bending region 502 c may include one or more loops formed from each of the first and third filaments 302A,C contiguously arranged and repeating a predetermined loop pattern A-C-A-C, while the pitch of the first and third filaments 302A,C remains constant. - As illustrated in
FIG. 5 , the third filament 302C terminates at the distal end of thethird bending region 502 c, such that thefourth bending region 502 d is formed by a monofilament loop of the first filament 302A. Termination of the third filament 302C results in the formation of one ormore gaps 510 being formed contiguously with thegaps fourth bending region 502 d, it will be appreciated that several first filament 302A loops or windings may be repeated multiple times within thefourth bending region 502 d, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. In another embodiment one or more of thegaps coil 504. In such an embodiment of thecoil 504 having no gaps, the filaments 302A-D may be in contact with or substantially adjacent to each other. - Referring now to
FIG. 6 , illustrated is an exemplarycoiled implant 604, according to one or more embodiments disclosed. Thecoiled implant 604 may be similar in some respects to theimplant 95 disclosed inFIGS. 2 a-2 c and the multifilar coils 304, 404, and 504 disclosed inFIGS. 4 a, 4 b, and 5, respectively. Accordingly, thecoiled implant 604 may be best understood with reference toFIGS. 2 a-5, where like numerals and references correspond to like components that will not be described again. - As illustrated, the
coiled implant 604 may include anouter coil 602 and aninner coil 606, where theinner coil 606 may be at least partially nested within theouter coil 602 and concentric therewith about thelongitudinal axis 306. In some embodiments, theouter coil 602 may be characterized as a multifilar coil, having at least twodistinct filaments 302, such as first and second filaments 302A,B, extending helically about thelongitudinal axis 306 along the length of theouter coil 602. In other embodiments, however, theouter coil 602 may be characterized as an unifilar coil having a solitary monofilament or may include more than two filaments 302A,B. The first and second filaments 302A,B may be made of the same or different materials or otherwise exhibit the same or different structural characteristics, as described above. As a result, the first and second filaments 302A,B may exhibit the same or different filament lateral flexibilities or stiffness. For example, in at least one embodiment, the first filament 302A may be more rigid or stiff than the second filament 302B, but in other embodiments, the second filament 302B may be more rigid than the first filament 302A. - The pitch between adjacent loops or filaments 302A,B may also affect the flexibility of the
outer coil 602. While the filaments 302A,B are depicted inFIG. 6 as being in close contact one with another, embodiments contemplated herein include a greater pitch between adjacent filament 302A,B loops or windings. In some embodiments, the pitch of theinner coil 606 is sufficiently different relative to the pitch of theouter coil 602 such that the turns of theouter coil 602 are substantially prevented from radially slipping past one another and into the volume enclosed by theouter coil 602. In order to provide this functionality, theinner coil 606 may be wound in a more axial direction than the winding direction of theouter coil 602, otherwise the turns of theouter coil 602 may risk radially slipping in between the turns of theinner coil 606. In one or more embodiments, this can be accomplished where the pitch of theinner coil 606 is at least 2 times more (e.g., 3 times, 4 times, 5 times, 6 times, etc.) than the pitch of theouter coil 602. Accordingly, one turn of aninner coil 606 filament (e.g., filament 302C) may be configured to span severalouter coil 602 filaments 302A,B, and they will cross at sufficient non-parallel angles to prevent or reduce the likelihood of radial passage of theouter coil 602 filament 302A,B into the volume enclosed by theouter coil 602. - It will be appreciated that more than two filaments 302A,B may be used in the
outer coil 602, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. And while the first and second filaments 302A,B are depicted as alternating single loops along the length of theouter coil 602, it will further be appreciated that the filaments 302A,B may be arranged into groupings or pluralities, such as thepluralities 406 a,b described above with reference toFIGS. 4 a and 4 b. Specifically, theouter coil 602 may be configured to bend in a manner substantially similar to thecoil 404, as described above with reference toFIG. 4 b where theouter coil 602 has regions of varying flexibilities that permit bending relative to the long axis to different degrees, depending on the lateral filament flexibility of thefilaments 302 spanning the regions. - In some embodiments, the
inner coil 606 may be characterized as a unifilar coil made of asingle filament 302, such as the third filament 302C, wound helically about thelongitudinal axis 306. As will be appreciated, however, theinner coil 606 may equally be characterized as a multifilar coil having more than one type or configuration offilament 302 forming contiguous or alternating windings along thelongitudinal axis 306. Theinner coil 606 may include afirst region 608 a and asecond region 608 b. Thefirst region 608 a may be arranged substantially outside of theouter coil 602 and thesecond region 608 b may be arranged substantially inside theouter coil 602. - In one or more embodiments, the pitch between adjacent windings of the filament 302C may be substantially the same across the length of the
inner coil 606. In some embodiments, however, the pitch between adjacent windings of the filament 302C in thefirst region 608 a may be different than the pitch between adjacent windings in thesecond region 608 b. For example, the windings of the filament 302C in thesecond region 608 b may have a pitch that results in the formation of agap 610 between each adjacent winding. Depending on the application, the width of thegap 610 may be varied. In some embodiments, for instance, the width of thegap 610 may be about 20% of the width of the third filament 302C. In other embodiments, the width of thegap 610 may be about 40%, about 60%, about 80%, about 100%, about 150%, or about 200% of the width of the third filament 302C. In yet other embodiments, the pitch orgap 610 of theinner coil 606 may be at least twice the pitch of theouter coil 602. - In one or more embodiments, the
inner coil 606 biases the inner surface of theouter coil 602 across thesecond region 608 b. Mutual engagement between the inner surface of theouter coil 602 and the outer surface of theinner coil 606 may provide several advantages. For example, mutual engagement may allow for or otherwise provide atorquable coil 604. Furthermore, mutual engagement may also prevent radial coil slippage and also provide a helically changing direction of easier lateral bending. In some embodiments, theinner coil 606 is dextrorotary and theouter coil 602 is levorotary. In other embodiments, theinner coil 606 is levorotary and theouter coil 602 is dextrorotary. - It is also contemplated herein to have more than one
inner coil 606 arranged within theouter coil 602. For example, one or moreinner coils 606 may be arranged with theouter coil 602 such that oneinner coil 606 is partially nested within one end of theouter coil 602 and anotherinner coil 606 is partially nested within the opposing end of theouter coil 602. In yet other embodiments, theinner coil 606 may have another inner coil (not shown) arranged at least partially within theinner coil 606. It will be appreciated that theinner coil 606 may be formed in various configurations including, but not limited to, those described herein below, especially inFIGS. 7-17 and 20 a-d. - Referring now to
FIGS. 7 a, 7 b, and 7 c, illustrated are exemplary filament winding shapes, according to one or more embodiments disclosed. Specifically,FIG. 7 a depicts a starfilament winding shape 700 a,FIG. 7 b depicts a generally ovalfilament winding shape 700 b, andFIG. 7 c depicts a generally rectangularfilament winding shape 700 c. Each filament winding shape 700 a-c may be generally orthogonal to the longitudinal axis 306 (FIG. 3 ) and indicative of the cross-sectional tubular shape that one or more of thecoil implants multifilar coils - Different filament winding shapes 700 a-c provide corresponding different advantages to the application requiring the use of
coil implants filament winding shape 700 a is formed in the general shape of a five-pointed star. Operating as an aneurysm coil, for instance, thecoil implant multifilar coil filament winding shape 700 a may be able to provide more material within a given diameter, and as a result there will be greater volume filling of the aneurysm for a given primary diameter of the filament used. Moreover, the starfilament winding shape 700 a uses more filament wire length per unit length as compared to other filament winding shapes, which translates into more softness along the axial length of thecoil implant multifilar coil - Referring to
FIG. 8 , with continued reference toFIGS. 7 a-7 c, illustrated is anexemplary coil 804 that may exhibit or otherwise provide two or more filament winding shapes along its axial length, according to one or more embodiments of the disclosure. Thecoil 804 may be substantially similar to, or at least exemplary of, one or more of thecoil implants coil implants coil 804 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one ormore filaments 302 about thelongitudinal axis 306. In one embodiment, thecoil 804 may define afirst segment 802 a and asecond segment 802 b. The first andsecond segments 802 a,b may be spaced apart along thelongitudinal axis 306, but may nonetheless be contiguously connected as integral portions of thecoil 804. As will be appreciated, thecoil 804 may include more than twosegments 802 a,b, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - The
first segment 802 a may have a filament winding shape that is different than the filament winding shape of thesecond segment 802 b. Specifically, thefirst segment 802 a may define a firstfilament winding shape 700 d and thesecond segment 802 b may define a second filament winding shape 700 e. In the illustrated example, the firstfilament winding shape 700 d is formed in a generally hexagonal shape, as shown taken along lines A-A, and the second filament winding shape 700 e is formed in a generally octagonal shape, as shown taken along lines B-B. The firstfilament winding shape 700 d may transition to the second filament winding shape 700 e at a central point orlocation 806 along the length of thecoil 804 such that the windings or loops of thefilament 302 axially continue uninterrupted along the length of thecoil 804. Thelocation 806 of transition may be varied to fit any particular application. In at least one embodiment, the second filament winding 700 e may be different than the firstfilament winding shape 700 d, irrespective of the angular orientation about thelongitudinal axis 306 of the firstfilament winding shape 700 d with respect to the second filament winding shape 700 e, and irrespective of the relative sizes of the first and secondfilament winding shapes 700 d,e. - The respective profiles of each of the filament winding shapes 700 a-e may be formed in various ways. In one embodiment, for example, the shapes may be formed by winding the
filament 302 using a mandrel-less winder (not shown). In other embodiments, however, the shape may be achieved by crimping thefilaments 302 using, for example, a crimping die. As shown inFIG. 8 , the firstfilament winding shape 700 d may be formed by crimping thefilament 302 of thefirst segment 802 a using a first crimping die 808 a, which corresponds to the desired filament shape over thefirst segment 802 a (e.g., hexagonal). The second filament winding shape 700 e may be formed by crimping thefilament 302 of thesecond segment 802 b using a second crimping die 808 b, which corresponds to the desired filament shape over thesecond segment 802 b (e.g., octagonal). In some embodiments, the crimping dies 808 a,b are used in conjunction with heat treatment techniques in order to ensure a properly formed filament winding shape 700 a-e. In other embodiments, the dies 808 a,b may be applied randomly or otherwise used at various discrete points along the length of thecoil 804 in order to form varying segments of shapedfilaments 302. - As can be appreciated, varying the filament winding shapes 700 a-e along the length of the
coil 804 may result in a varied lateral flexibility of thecoil 804. In other words, the overall flexibility of thecoil 804 may be manipulated in the axial direction depending on the specific filament winding shape 700 a-e used or otherwise applied. In some embodiments, the filament winding shapes 700 a-e may be continuously variable along the length of thecoil 804. - Referring now to
FIG. 9 , illustrated is anotherexemplary coil 904 that may be used in conjunction with the systems 10, 100 (FIGS. 2 a-c), according to one or more embodiments. Thecoil 904 may be substantially similar to, or at least exemplary of, one or more of thecoil implants coil implants coil 904 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one ormore filaments 302 about thelongitudinal axis 306. Thefilaments 302 may be wound singularly, in duplicate, triplicate, etc., or in groupings or pluralities as described above with reference toFIG. 4 a, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - As illustrated, the
coil 904 may include one or more regions having varying cross-sectional diameters. Specifically, thecoil 904 may include afirst region 902 a, asecond region 902 b, athird region 902 c, and afourth region 902 d axially-spaced along the length of thecoil 904. In one or more embodiments, the regions 902 a-d are contiguous portions of thecoil 904, such that the windings or loops of thefilament 302 axially continue uninterrupted along the length of thecoil 904. The regions 902 a-d form a pattern that may be repeated along the length of thecoil 904. In particular, the repeating pattern may include a larger diameter region, such as the first orthird regions 902 a,c, followed by a smaller diameter region, such as the second orfourth regions 902 b,d, and repeated multiple times to a desiredcoil 904 length. - The
first region 902 a may exhibit a firstcross-sectional diameter 906 and thefourth region 902 d may exhibit a secondcross-sectional diameter 908. In some embodiments, thethird region 902 c may also exhibit the firstcross-sectional diameter 906 and thesecond region 902 b may also exhibit the secondcross-sectional diameter 908. In other embodiments, however, the respective cross-sectional diameters for the first andthird regions 902 a,c may be different, and the respective cross-sectional diameters for the second andfourth regions 902 b,d may be different. In either case, however, the cross-sectional diameters for the first andthird regions 902 a,c may be greater than the cross-sectional diameters for the second andfourth regions 902 b,d. As can be appreciated, several variations in the respective cross-sectional diameters for each region 902 a-d are possible, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - Each region 902 a-d may also exhibit a respective axial length. For example, the
second region 902 b may exhibit a firstaxial length 910 and thethird region 902 c may exhibit a secondaxial length 912. In some embodiments, the first andfourth regions 902 a,d may also exhibit either the first or secondaxial lengths fourth regions 902 a,d may exhibit respective axial lengths that are different than either the first or secondaxial lengths - Since the cross sectional diameter of the
first region 902 a is greater than the cross-sectional diameter of thesecond region 902 b, atransition region 914 a is defined therebetween.Similar transition regions second region 902 b and thethird region 902 c, and between thethird region 902 c and thefourth region 902 d, respectively. In the illustrated embodiment, each transition region 914 a-c may provide an abrupt or sudden transition from either the firstcross-sectional diameter 906 to the secondcross-sectional diameter 908, or from the secondcross-sectional diameter 908 to the first thecross-sectional diameter 906. The abrupt transition of each transition region 914 a-c may occur over an axial length spanning one or two or more windings of thefilament 302. As a result, the abrupt transition may be considered a step-wise transition in some applications. - In some embodiments, the transition regions 914 a-c may be configured to provide an added amount of softness or flexibility to the
coil 904 along its axial length. The transition regions 914 a-c may also provide break points where thecoil 904 may be segmented for use at the proposed treatment site. In some embodiments, the larger-diameter regions along the length of thecoil 904, such as the first andthird regions 902 a,c, may be configured to provide the break points in thecoil 904, and the smaller diameter regions along the length of thecoil 904, such as the second andfourth regions 902 b,d, may be configured to find spaces to fill within the volume of the deployedcoil 904. Moreover, it will be appreciated that the pitch of thecoil 904 may be constant or varied along its entire length, depending on the application, in order to vary the overall flexibility of thecoil 904. - In one or more embodiments, the
coil 904 may further be able to provide an added amount of axial flexibility apart from the lateral flexibility exhibited. For example, the respective diameters for the first andthird regions 902 a,c may be sufficiently large to be able to at least partially receive the second andfourth regions 902 b,d, respectively, therein. As a result, in the event thecoil 904 is axially compressed, the second andfourth regions 902 b,d may be able to be axially pressed a distance into the respective inner lumens defined by the first andthird regions 902 a,c. - Referring now to
FIG. 10 , illustrated is anotherexemplary coil 1004 that may be used in conjunction with thesystems 10, 100, according to one or more embodiments. Thecoil 1004 may be similar in some respects to thecoil 904 described above inFIG. 9 and therefore may be best understood with reference toFIG. 9 , where like numerals represent like components that will not be described again in detail. Similar to thecoil 904 described above, thecoil 1004 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one ormore filaments 302 about thelongitudinal axis 306, and may define one or more regions having varying cross-sectional diameters. Specifically, thecoil 1004 may include afirst region 1002 a, asecond region 1002 b, athird region 1002 c, afourth region 1002 d, and afifth region 1002 e, where each region 1002 a-e is axially-spaced along the length of thecoil 1004 and exhibits the same or differing cross-sectional diameters. In one or more embodiments, the regions 1002 a-e are contiguous portions of thecoil 1004, such that the windings or loops of thefilament 302 axially continue uninterrupted along the length of thecoil 1004. - The
coil 1004 may have aproximal side 1004 a and a distal side 1004 b. As depicted, the distal side 1004 b may be the distal end or tip of thecoil 1004, and thedistal end 1001 of thefilament 302 may be turned into the interior of thecoil 1004. Alternatively, the side 1004 b may be the proximal end of thecoil 1004. - Also similar to the
coil 904, each region 1002 a-e in thecoil 1004 may exhibit an axial length, such as a firstaxial length 1006 a as exhibited by thefirst region 1002 a, a secondaxial length 1006 b as exhibited by thesecond region 1002 b, a thirdaxial length 1006 c as exhibited by thethird region 1002 c, and a fourthaxial length 1006 d as exhibited by thefourth region 1002 d. As illustrated, the respective axial lengths 1006 a-d may be varied. In other embodiments, however, one or more of the axial lengths 1006 a-d may be same or substantially the same. Again, as can be appreciated, several variations in respective axial lengths 1006 a-d for each region 1002 a-e are possible, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - The
coil 1004 may further definetransition regions second regions 1002 a,b, between the second andthird regions 1002 b,c, between the third andfourth regions 1002 c,d, and between the fourth andfifth regions 1002 d,e, respectively. Similar to the transition regions 914 a-c described above with reference toFIG. 9 , the transition regions 1008 a-c may be characterized as abrupt transition regions where the cross-sectional diameter of one of the regions 1002 a-d suddenly changes to a smaller or larger cross-sectional diameter of an adjacent region 1002 a-d. Thetransition region 1008 d between the fourth andfifth regions 1002 d,e, however, may provide a tapering or gradual transition betweenadjacent regions 1002 d,e. - Referring now to
FIGS. 11 a and 11 b, with continued reference toFIG. 10 , illustrated are exemplary transition regions 1102 a (FIG. 11 a) and 1102 b (FIG. 11 b) along the length of acoil 1104, according to one or more embodiments. The transition regions 1102 a,b may be somewhat similar to thetransition region 1008 d ofFIG. 10 in that there is a tapering or otherwise gradual transition from one region to another along the length of thecoil 1104. Specifically, the transition regions 1102 a,b provide a tapering transition from aproximal region 1106 a to amiddle region 1106 b formed on thecoil 1104. It will be appreciated, however, that the transition regions 1102 a,b may be formed between any region on thecoil 1104, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. For example, the tapering regions 1102 a,b may be formed between themiddle region 1106 b and an adjacentdistal region 1106 c. In other embodiments, the tapering regions 1102 a,b may be formed on a distal end portion of thecoil 1104 or a proximal end portion of thecoil 1104, in one example thereby tapering one or more ends of thecoil 1104 to a generally closed configuration. In yet other embodiments, opposing tapering regions 1102 a,b may be arranged throughoutmiddle portions 1106 b of thecoil 1104 along its length, thereby providing an undulatingmiddle portion 1106 b. - In
FIG. 11 a, the transition region 1102 a may extend over or otherwise span a firstaxial distance 1110 a along the length of thecoil 1104. InFIG. 11 b, thetransition region 1102 b may extend over or otherwise span a secondaxial distance 1110 b along the length of thecoil 1104. As depicted, the first and secondaxial distances 1110 a,b may be different. For example, the first transition region 1102 a may taper across the axial span of approximately twofilament 302 windings or otherwise over at least two 360° turns of the winding. In contrast, thesecond transition region 1102 b may be configured to provide a gradual transition that spans across at least threefilament 302 windings or otherwise over at least three 360° turns of the winding. Accordingly, the secondaxial distance 1110 b will generally be greater than the firstaxial distance 1110 a, assuming the same size offilament 302 is used to form thecoils 1104. - In some embodiments, the tapering transition spanning the transition regions 1102 a,b may be generally linear. In other embodiments, however, the tapering transition spanning the transition regions 1102 a,b may be generally non-linear, such as, but not limited to, following an exponential, quadratic, or square root function as it tapers between the
adjacent regions 1106 a,b. In at least one embodiment, one or both of the transition regions 1102 a,b may taper over an extended length of thecoil 1104, such as over a fourth, a third, or half of the entire axial length of thecoil 1104. In yet further embodiments, the transition regions 1102 a,b may include at least one step-wise change (not shown) across theaxial length 1106 a,b. - Referring now to
FIG. 12 , illustrated is anotherexemplary coil 1204 that may be used in conjunction with the systems 10, 100 (FIGS. 2 a-c), according to one or more embodiments. Thecoil 1204 may be similar in some respects to thecoil 904 described above with reference toFIG. 9 . Accordingly, thecoil 1204 may be best understood with reference toFIG. 9 , where like numerals represent like components that will not be described again in detail. Similar to thecoil 904 described above, thecoil 1204 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one ormore filaments 302 about thelongitudinal axis 306, and define the first, second, third, and fourth regions 902 a-d having varyingcross-sectional diameters coil 1204, such that the windings or loops of thefilament 302 axially continue uninterrupted along the length of thecoil 1204. - The
first region 902 a may be characterized as a proximal region, or at least closer to the surgeon than the other identifiedregions 902 b-d. Moreover, thefirst region 902 a may have anaxial length 1202 that spans a larger distance than the otheraxial lengths diameter 906, thefirst region 902 a may exhibit a flexibility that is greater than the remainingregions 902 b,d. As can be appreciated by those skilled in the art, this may prove advantageous especially when deploying thecoil 1204 as a finishing coil within an aneurysm. As a finishing coil, thecoil 1204 may need to be more flexible at its proximal region so that the proximal region is better able to flex, bend, and fill in the interstitial spaces within the aneurysm left by the more stiff distal regions of thecoil 1204. - Referring now to
FIG. 13 , illustrated is another exemplarycoiled implant 1304, according one or more embodiments of the disclosure. Thecoiled implant 1304 may be used in conjunction with thesystems 10, 100 described herein with reference toFIGS. 2 a-c and may be similar in some respects to thecoiled implant 604 described above with reference toFIG. 6 . Accordingly, thecoiled implant 1304 may be best understood with reference toFIG. 6 and other figures discussed herein, where like numerals refer to like components that will not be described again in detail. Thecoiled implant 1304 may include a plurality of coils, wherein at least one coil is nested within another coil. In particular, thecoiled implant 1304 may include afirst coil 1302 a, asecond coil 1302 b, and athird coil 1302 c, where each coil 1302 a-c extends axially along thelongitudinal axis 306. As illustrated, thesecond coil 1302 b may be concentric with thefirst coil 1302 a and configured to at least partially nest within thefirst coil 1302 a, and thethird coil 1302 c may be concentric with thesecond coil 1302 b and configured to at least partially nest within thesecond coil 1302 b. As a result, the first andthird coils 1302 a,c may also be considered concentrically-disposed with respect to each other. In one or more embodiments, thecoiled implant 1304 may consist of only two coils, such as the first andsecond coils 1302 a,b. In other embodiments, thecoiled implant 1304 may include more than the three coils 1302 a-c, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - The
first coil 1302 a may be made from the first filament 302A wound multiple times about thelongitudinal axis 306. In like manner, the second andthird coils 1302 b,c may be made from the second and third filaments 302B and 302C, respectively, and likewise wound multiple times about thelongitudinal axis 306. As with prior embodiments, however, the first, second, and third coils 1302 a-c may be unifilar or multifilar, without departing from scope of the disclosure. In some embodiments, the filaments 302A-C may be made of the same material and, besides having different respective cross-sectional diameters to facilitate the indicated nested relationship, otherwise exhibit substantially the same structural characteristics. In other embodiments, however, one or all of the filaments 302A-C may be different in one or more filament characteristics, thereby providing different filament lateral flexibilities along different axial regions of the coiledimplant 1304. - For example, in one or more embodiments, the windings of the first filament 302A may be formed in a generally circular or oval cross-sectional shape, and the windings of the second filament 302B may be formed in a generally polygonal cross-sectional shape, such as a triangular or a rectangular cross-sectional shape. In other embodiments, each filament 302A,B may be formed using different circular or oval cross-sectional shapes or different polygonal cross-sectional shapes. It will be appreciated that any variation of cross-sectional shapes may be used, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Moreover, it will further be appreciated that the third filament 302C may equally be formed using varying circular or oval cross-sectional shapes or varying polygonal cross-sectional shapes when interacting with the
second coil 1302 b and its corresponding filament 302B. - In some embodiments, the general direction of the windings of each of the filaments 302A-C may be the same or may be varied, depending on the application. For example, the direction of the windings of the first and third filaments 302A,C may be in a first direction, such as clockwise, and the direction of the windings of the second filament 302B may be in a second direction, such as counterclockwise. As a result, the
coiled implant 1304 may be characterized as a counterwound coil, where the windings of thesecond coil 1302 b are wound in an opposite sense from the windings of the first andthird coils 1302 a,c. This configuration may prove advantageous in preserving torqueability of the coiledimplant 1304, where, upon torquing thecoiled implant 1304, radial expansion of one or more of the filaments 302A-C is substantially resisted by a biased set of adjacent filaments comprising one or more of 302A-C, tending to more tightly compress at least two of coils 1302 a-c against each other. In some embodiments, the rotational orientation of the cross-sectional shape of thesecond coil 1302 b may vary along thelongitudinal axis 306. - The pitch between adjacent filaments 302A-C in each coil 1302 a-c may also vary, depending on the application. In some embodiments, for example, the pitch may be varied such that the engagement between nested coils 1302 a-c may be optimized to operate much like nested helical gears. As a result, torqueability between adjacent coils 1302 a-c will be maximized.
- The
coiled implant 1304 may be deployed via several methods. In some embodiments, thecoiled implant 1304 may be deployed by first advancing at least a portion of the coiledimplant 1304 into a target treatment site, such as an aneurysm. As described above, thecoiled implant 1304 may include a plurality of concentric coils 1302 a-c. In one or more embodiments, only two coils may be used in thecoiled implant 1304, but in other embodiments, more than three coils may be used, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Moreover, each of the coils 1302 a-c may have a respective winding direction, where at least two of the coils 1302 a-c have opposing winding directions. - The method may further include providing torque to at least one of the concentrically-nested coils 1302 a-c such that at least one of the coils 1302 a-c radially expands or contracts and thereby transfers a portion of the applied torque to a radially adjacent coil 1302 a-c. In one or more embodiments, providing torque to the coils 1302 a-c includes rotating the
coiled implant 1304 while positioning the coiledimplant 1304 in the aneurysm. In some embodiments, rotating thecoiled implant 1304 may cause thecoiled implant 1304 to form a loop by overlapping with itself. Rotating thecoiled implant 1304 may also result in expansion of the coiledimplant 1304 into a configuration that contacts a wall of the aneurysm at multiple points. Rotating thecoiled implant 1304 may also result in an increased packing density of the coiledimplant 1304 in the aneurysm. - Providing torque to the coils 1302 a-c may include rotating a delivery system (not shown) that may be attached or otherwise coupled to the
coiled implant 1304. The delivery system may be attached to thecoiled implant 1304 by a coupling, for example, that restricts relative rotation between thecoiled implant 1304 and the delivery system. For example, the coupling can include an interference fit, a locking engagement, mechanical attachments, welding and/or brazing coupling attachments, adhesive attachments, combinations thereof, or the like between theimplant 1304 and the delivery system. In one embodiment, the coupling may be configured to transfer torque from the delivery system to theimplant 1304 until being appropriately detached from the delivery system. In one or more embodiments, the relative rotation between thecoiled implant 1304 and the delivery system may be limited to less than about 360°, about 180°, about 120°, about 90°, about 60°, about 45°, about 30°, about 20°, about 10°, about 5°, or about 2° of rotation. - In some aspects of the disclosure, a method of manufacturing a coiled implant, such as the
coiled implants 604 and/or 1304 described above with reference toFIGS. 6 and 13 , is disclosed. It will be appreciated, however, that various facets of the method may equally apply to the manufacture of any of the coils or implants described herein. The method may include winding a first filament to form a first coil, the first coil defining an inner lumen that extends longitudinally. In some embodiments, the first filament may be coupled to or otherwise grouped with another one or more types or configurations of filament, or similar filaments, thereby providing for the manufacture of a multifilar coil. Otherwise, the first coil may be characterized as a unifilar coil. The first filament(s) may be wound into a substantially helical tubular shape, forming a primary coil shape, and subsequently heat treated to retain the first filament in the primary coil shape. - As used herein, a “primary” shape includes, but is not limited to, the initial forming of a filament into a shaped structure, such as a tubular shape. For example, primary shapes may be indicative of the various cross-sectional shapes of the coiled implants or coils generally described herein with reference to
FIGS. 7 a-c and 8. In other embodiments, the primary shape may be a simple cross-sectional shaped coil, such as a coil of circular primary cross-section. Generating a primary shape may also include the heat treating process for the filament, which may result in the forming and setting of the filament into one or more of the disclosed cross-sectional shapes. - The primary coil, formed by the helically wound first filament, may then be formed into a secondary shape. A “secondary” shape is formed using the primary shaped structure and creating a three-dimensional shape by, for example, wrapping the primary shaped structure around a mandrel and heat setting the primary shape in the wrapped disposition so the structure retains its primary coil shape as well as the secondary shape.
- Some methods may further include winding a second filament to form a second coil. In some embodiments, the first and second filaments are made of the same material. In other embodiments, however, the first and second filaments may be made of different materials and may further exhibit different cross-sectional diameters. In at least one embodiment, the first filament is made of a metal. To form the second coil, the second filament may be wound about a mandrel and subsequently inserted into the inner lumen defined by the first coil. In at least one embodiment, the second coil is still wound about the mandrel when inserted into the inner lumen of the first coil. Once at least partially inserted within the inner lumen, the mandrel may be removed from engagement with the second coil. Inserting the second coil into the inner lumen of the first coil may occur either before or after the first coil is heat treated. In some embodiments, however, it may be advantageous to insert the second coil into the first coil after the first coil has been heat treated. In some embodiments, the heat treating of the first coil is at a condition that would change a physical, chemical, and/or biological characteristic of the second coil and thereby render the second coil unsuitable for treatment of the patient. In some instances, changing a physical characteristic of the second coil and thereby rendering the second coil unsuitable for treatment of a patient can include, without limitation, melting, annealing, evaporating, sublimating, singeing, causing a phase transition of, rendering inert, charring, and rendering non-biocompatible a material of the second coil. In such embodiments, it may be advantageous to combine the first and second coils after heat treatment of the first coil because subjecting the second coil to the heat treatment of the first coil may melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, cause an undesirable phase transition of, render inert, or otherwise render non-biocompatible the material of the second coil.
- In some embodiments, instead of winding the second filament on a mandrel to form the second coil, the method may include winding the second filament directly onto the first coil, such as about its outer circumferential surface. In at least one embodiment, the second filament is wound onto the first coil after the first coil has been heat treated. Otherwise, as described above, the material of the second coil may be melted, annealed, evaporated, singed, forced through an unwanted phase transition, rendered inert, or otherwise rendered non-biocompatible as a result of the heat treatment of the first coil.
- In some aspects, another method of manufacturing a coiled implant, such as the
coiled implants 604 and/or 1304 described above with reference toFIGS. 6 and 13 , is disclosed. It will be appreciated, however, that various facets of this additional method may equally apply to the manufacture of any of the coils or implants described herein, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. The method may include winding a first filament to form a first coil. In some embodiments, the first filament may include more than one filament, thereby providing for the manufacture of a multifilar coil. Otherwise, the first coil may be characterized as a unifilar coil. The first filament may be wound into a substantially helical tubular shape and subsequently heat treated to form one of a primary shape and a secondary shape, such as any of the various cross-sectional shapes generally described herein. - In one or more embodiments, the first filament may be wound such that it has an increased pitch and/or defines a helical gap between one or more of the windings. As will be appreciated, the helical gap(s) along the length of the first coil may vary, depending on the application, and may provide a space for subsequently winding one or more second filaments into the gap. In such coils the size of the gap will be approximately equal to the aggregate width of the one or more second filaments to be wound into the gap. Depending on the application, the width of the resulting gap may be varied. In some embodiments, for instance, the width of the gap may be about 20% of the width of the second filament. In other embodiments, the width of the
gap 610 may be about 40%, about 60%, about 80%, about 100%, about 150%, or about 200% of the width of the second filament. The method may further include winding a second filament into the helical gap(s), thereby forming a second coil that is interwound with the first coil. For example, in a 2:8 coil (2 filaments of one type and 8 filaments of another type), the 8 filaments might be wound next to each other with a gap between adjacent turns of the group of 8 filaments. The 8 filaments may then be heat treated, and the remaining 2 filaments can be wound into the gap (“interwound”). In some embodiments, the first and second filaments are made of the same material. In other embodiments, however, the first and second filaments may be made of different materials. - In some embodiments, the second filament is wound into the helical gap(s) after the first coil has been heat treated. Otherwise, as described above, the material of the second coil may be melted, annealed, evaporated, singed, forced through an unwanted phase transition, rendered inert, or otherwise rendered non-biocompatible as a result of the heat treatment of the first coil. In other embodiments, the first and second filaments are heat treated together to form the coil or coiled implant. Heat treating the first filament may impart a primary shape to the first coil, and heat treating the second filament may impart a secondary shape to the second coil.
- In some aspects of the disclosure an exemplary coil is disclosed. The coil may be representative of any of the coiled implants or coils disclosed herein. In one or more embodiments, the coil may include a coil winding made of at least a first material and a second material. After being formed or otherwise shaped into a first coil, the first material may be heat treated under conditions that would melt, anneal, evaporate, singe, destroy, alter, render non-biocompatible, or otherwise compromise the properties of the second material. The coil winding may include primary and secondary coil windings, where the heat treatment imparts a primary shape to the primary coil winding and simultaneously imparts a secondary shape to the secondary coil winding.
- Whereas the first material is formed to make the first coil, the second material may be formed to make a second coil. In one or more embodiments, the first and second coils may each exhibit an increased pitch or otherwise define helical gaps between adjacent filaments such that the first and second coils may be interwound to form the exemplary coil. In at least one embodiment, the second coil may be interwound with the first coil after the first coil is heat treated.
- In some aspects, another exemplary coil is disclosed. Again, the exemplary coil may be representative of any of the coiled implants or coils disclosed herein. The coil may include a first coil winding that has a first secondary shape. In at least one embodiment, the first coil may be heat treated to obtain the first secondary shape. The coil may also include a second coil winding that may be wound over the first coil winding. The second coil winding may exhibit a second secondary shape, where the second secondary shape is different from the first secondary shape. In at least one embodiment, the second coil winding is wound over the first coil winding after the first coil winding is heat treated to obtain the first secondary shape.
- Referring now to
FIG. 14 , illustrated is anotherexemplary coil 1404 that may be used in conjunction with the systems 10, 100 (FIGS. 2 a-c), according to one or more embodiments. Thecoil 1404 may be similar in some respects to thecoils FIGS. 9 and 12 , and one or more of the other coils or coiled implants described herein. Accordingly, thecoil 1404 may be best understood with reference toFIGS. 9 and 12 , and other figures discussed herein, where like numerals refer to like components that will not be described again. Similar to thecoils coil 1404 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one ormore filaments 302 that are wound about thelongitudinal axis 306 to form a generally tubular structure. Thecoil 1404 may exhibit across-sectional diameter 906 across at least a portion of its length. In one embodiment, thecross-sectional diameter 906 is constant along the entire length of thecoil 1404. - The
coil 1404 may further include a series of contiguous regions, such as afirst region 1402 a, a second region 1404 b, a third region 1404 c, and a fourth region 1404 d. Each region 1402 a-d may be axially-spaced along the length of thecoil 1404 such that the windings of thefilament 302 continue uninterrupted along the axial length of thecoil 1404. As with prior embodiments, it will be appreciated that thecoil 1404 may be formed of more or less regions 1402 a-d without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - As illustrated, the pitch of the
coil 1404 may vary across the length of thecoil 1404. For example, thefirst region 1402 a may exhibit afirst pitch 1406 a between adjacent windings, thesecond region 1402 b may exhibit asecond pitch 1406 b between adjacent windings, thethird region 1402 c may exhibit athird pitch 1406 c between adjacent windings, and thefourth region 1402 d may exhibit afourth pitch 1406 d between adjacent windings. In some embodiments, two or more of the pitches 1406 a-d may be the same. In other embodiments, however, each pitch 1406 a-d may be different from the other pitches 1406 a-d. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, varying the pitch 1406 a-d along the length of thecoil 1404 may impact deliverability of thecoil 1404 due to its varying compressibility. Moreover, varying the pitch 1406 a-d along the length of thecoil 1404 may be configured to vary the softness and create break points (i.e., localized segments of easier lateral bending relative to adjacent coil segments) along thecoil 1404. - Referring now to
FIG. 15 , illustrated is anotherexemplary coil 1504 that may be used in conjunction with the systems 10, 100 (FIG. 2 a-c), according to one or more embodiments. Thecoil 1504 may be similar in some respects to thecoil 904 described above with reference toFIG. 9 , and one or more of the other coils or coiled implants described herein. Accordingly, thecoil 1504 may be best understood with reference toFIG. 9 , and other figures discussed herein, where like numerals refer to like components that will not be described again in detail. Similar to thecoil 904 described above, thecoil 1504 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one ormore filaments 302 that are wound about thelongitudinal axis 306. Specifically, thecoil 1504 may be made of at least a first filament 302A, a second filament 302B, a third filament 302C, and a fourth filament 302D, where each filament 302A-D is axially-spaced from each other and contiguous along the length of thecoil 1504. As with prior embodiments, thecoil 1504 may include more or less than four filaments 302A-D, and may include groupings or pluralities of filaments 302A-D, such as is disclosed above with reference toFIG. 4 a. - In some embodiments, the filaments 302A-D may be made of different materials and/or otherwise exhibit different structural characteristics. For example, the material, thickness, or cross-sectional shape of the first filament 302A may be different than that of the second filament 302B, or the third or fourth filaments 302C,D. In other embodiments, other characteristics of the filaments 302A-D may be different or varied. In at least some embodiments, two or more of the filaments 302A-D may exhibit at least some of the same characteristics, such as material, thickness, or cross-sectional shape.
- The first filament 302A may be coupled to the second filament 302B at a
first coupling location 1502 a. Moreover, the second filament 302B may be coupled to the third filament 302C at asecond coupling location 1502 b, and the third filament 302C may be coupled to the fourth filament 302D at athird coupling location 1502 c. In some embodiments, the coupling locations 1502 a-c may be welds or weld joints between adjacent filaments 302A-D. In other embodiments, the coupling locations 1502 a-c may be mechanical fasteners, adhesives, heat treated zones, combinations thereof, or the like, in order to couple adjacent filaments 302A-D together so as to create a contiguous coil winding. It will be appreciated that different materials, thicknesses, or diameters of the filaments 302A-D may be interspersed along the length of thecoil 1504, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - Referring to
FIG. 16 , with continued reference toFIG. 15 , illustrated is anotherexemplary coil 1604, according to one or more embodiments disclosed. Thecoil 1604 may be similar to thecoil 1504 described above with reference toFIG. 15 , except that only two filaments 302A,B are shown as being used to form thecoil 1602. Specifically, thecoil 1604 may include a proximal portion 1602 a and adistal portion 1602 b, where the first filament 302A makes up the proximal portion 1602 a and the second filament 302B makes up thedistal portion 1602 b. The proximal and distal portions 1602 a,b may be coupled together at acoupling location 1603. Thecoupling location 1603 may be substantially similar to the coupling locations 1502 a-c described above, and therefore may consist of welds, mechanical fasteners, adhesives, heat treated zones, combinations thereof, or the like, in order to couple the adjacent filaments 302A,B together so as to create a contiguous coil winding. - In the illustrated embodiment, the filaments 302A,B may be made of different materials or otherwise exhibit different filament characteristics, such as wire diameter. For example, the second filament 302B may exhibit a finer wire diameter than the first filament 302A. As a result, the second filament 302B may be more soft or pliable than the first filament 302A. This may prove advantageous where the
second portion 1602 b of thecoil 1604 is the distal end of thecoil 1604 and the softer second filament 302B provides an atraumatic end for thecoil 1604 that is designed to prevent injury to the vasculature of the patient as it is moved within the vasculature. This may also prove advantageous where thesecond portion 1602 b of thecoil 1604 is the proximal end of thecoil 1604 and the softer second filament 302B provides an atraumatic end for thecoil 1604 that is easily packed into remaining open interstices of the deployed coil. - Referring now to
FIG. 17 , with continued reference toFIGS. 15 and 16 , illustrated is anotherexemplary coil 1704, according to one or more embodiments disclosed. Thecoil 1704 may be similar in some respects to thecoils FIGS. 15 and 16 . For example, similar to thecoils coil 1704 may be formed by a plurality of windings of one ormore filaments 302 wound about thelongitudinal axis 306. As with prior embodiments, thecoil 1704 may include more than a single type or configuration offilament 302, and may further include groupings or pluralities offilaments 302, such as is disclosed above with reference toFIG. 4 a. - The
coil 1704, however, may have adistal end 1702 where the windings spanning a distal portion of thecoil 1704 have been altered to fit a specific application. For instance, the windings at thedistal portion 1706 may be tapered or otherwise ground such that the diameter of thefilament 302 over thedistal portion 1706 is reduced or gradually decreases in the distal direction. In at least one embodiment, thedistal portion 1706 may span two or more windings of thefilament 302. Moreover, theend 1708 of thefilament 302 may be turned into the interior of thecoil 1704. As a result, thedistal portion 1706 may provide a soft and atraumaticdistal end 1702 for thecoil 1604 that is designed to prevent injury to the vasculature of the patient. Alternatively theportion 1706 of thecoil 1704 is the proximal end of thecoil 1704 and the reduceddiameter filament 302 provides an atraumatic end for thecoil 1704 that is easily packed into remaining open interstices of the deployed coil. - Referring now to
FIG. 18 , illustrated is anexemplary system 1800 for treating vascular disease, according to one or more embodiments. Thesystem 1800 may be used in conjunction with thesystems 10, 100 described above with reference toFIGS. 2 a-c. As illustrated, thesystem 1800 may include acoil implant 1804 extending longitudinally about alongitudinal axis 302. Thecoil implant 1804 may be somewhat similar to the coil implants and coils disclosed herein and will therefore reference similar numerals and references for brevity. Thecoil implant 1804 is made from afilament 302 wound multiple times about thelongitudinal axis 306 to form a generally tubular structure that defines alumen 1802 therein. As with prior embodiments, thefilament 302 may be combined with one or moreadditional filaments 302, without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - The
system 1800 may further include adistal tip 1806 arranged at adistal end 1804 b of thecoil implant 1804. In some embodiments, thedistal tip 1806 may be substantially similar to thedistal tip 204 described above with reference toFIG. 2 c. Thedistal tip 1806 may be coupled to thecoil 1804 by threading, welding, mechanical fasteners, adhesives, combinations thereof, or the like. Thedistal tip 1806 may be made of various materials, such as plastics, and may provide an atraumatic tip for thecoil 1804, such that thecoil 1804 does not damage the vasculature of the patient as thecoil 1804 is positioned at the treatment site. - The
system 1800 may further include a securingmember 1808 extending within thelumen 1802 defined by thecoil implant 1804. The securingmember 1808 may be somewhat similar to the retainingelement 112 described above with reference toFIGS. 2 b and 2 c. The securingmember 1808 may be made of a variety of materials such as, but not limited to, polymers, metals, wires, tubes, filaments, braided filaments, coated filaments, combinations thereof, or the like. In at least one embodiment, the securingmember 1808 may either be made of or coated with one or more bioactive materials. - In some embodiments, the securing
member 1808 may serve to maintain thecoil implant 1804 in its elongated form during delivery and implantation of theimplant 1804. To this end, the securingmember 1808 may be loosely, but at least easily detachably arranged within thecoil implant 1804 such that it may be removed from within thelumen 1802 without difficulty when required. Upon removing the securingmember 1808, thecoil implant 1804 may be free to assume a predetermined, superimposed configuration. - In other embodiments, however, the securing
member 1808 is configured to remain within thecoil implant 1804 permanently. In such embodiments, the securingmember 1808 may be coupled to thedistal tip 1806 of thecoil implant 1804, as illustrated. In other embodiments, however, the securingmember 1808 may be coupled to other portions of thecoil implant 1804 or free-floating within thelumen 1802, without departing from scope of the disclosure. - The securing
member 1808 may have acentral axis 1810 which aligns generally with thelongitudinal axis 302 of thecoil implant 1804. The securingmember 1808 may further include a firsttransverse axis 1812 a and a secondtransverse axis 1812 b (i.e., pointing directly out of the page). The secondtransverse axis 1812 b may be normal to the firsttransverse axis 1812 a, and each of the first and secondtransverse axes 1812 a,b may be normal to both thelongitudinal axis 302 and thecentral axis 1810. In operation, the securingmember 1808 may be at least partially configured to maintain thecoil implant 1804 in its elongated form, or not at all, depending on the application. - The securing
member 1808 may also serve as a stretch resistant member, thereby preventing thecoil implant 1804 from undesirable elongation over predetermined regions of thecoil implant 1804. Specifically, the securingmember 1808 may include one or more stretchresistant regions 1814 a and one or morepliant regions 1814 b. As illustrated, the stretchresistant region 1814 a may be a straight or otherwise elongate length of the securingmember 1808. Thepliant region 1814 b, on the other hand, may be “crinkled,” e.g., forming undulations, helices, patterns of peaks and valleys, or combinations thereof, or otherwise compacted to some degree such that axial elongation of the securingmember 1808 across thepliant region 1814 b is possible. As a result, thecoil implant 1804 may be able to correspondingly flex across the axial length of thepliant region 1814 b until the undulating portion is straightened or is otherwise no longer able to elongate. - Referring now to
FIGS. 19 a and 19 b, with continued reference toFIG. 18 , illustrated are alternative exemplary configurations of the securingmember 1808, according to one or more embodiments. As illustrated inFIG. 19 a, thepliant region 1814 b may be helically twisted about thecentral axis 1810 of the securingmember 1808, thereby forming a series of axially-spaced coils. In at least one embodiment, the coils of thepliant region 1814 b may be formed in substantially the same way as the windings of thefilament 302 for thecoil implant 1804, e.g., wound about a mandrel and/or otherwise heat treated into a set shape. In operation, the coils allow thepliant region 1814 b to axially-elongate and correspondingly allow thecoil implant 1804 to flex across the axial length of thepliant region 1814 b until the coils are straightened or are otherwise no longer able to elongate. -
FIG. 19 b depicts an embodiment having multiple stretchresistant regions 1814 a and multiplepliant regions 1814 b. Those skilled in the art will appreciate the advantages of providing stretch resistance over certain parts of thecoil implant 1804, such as its proximal regions, while allowing a degree of elongation or softening over other regions, such as its distal regions. While a configuration having alternating stretch resistant andpliant regions 1814 a,b is illustrated inFIG. 19 b, it will be appreciated that various configurations of stretch resistant andpliant regions 1814 a,b may be employed without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Moreover, the pitch between adjacent coils in the pliant region(s) 1814 b may be increased or decreased to manipulate the flexibility of the pliant region(s) 1814 b. - Referring to
FIGS. 19 c and 19 d, with continued reference toFIGS. 18 and 19 a-b, illustrated are cross-sectional views of thecoil implant 1804 with anexemplary securing member 1808 arranged therein, according to one or more embodiments. As depicted, the securingmember 1808 may exhibit various axial cross-sectional shapes (i.e., shapes defined normal to the central axis 1810). For example, as depicted inFIG. 19 c, the securingmember 1808 may exhibit a polygonal cross-sectional shape normal to thecentral axis 1810. The polygonal cross-sectional shape may be substantially rectangular or another suitable polygonal shape. In other embodiments, such as is depicted inFIG. 19 d, the securingmember 1808 may have a circular or arcuate cross-sectional shape normal to thecentral axis 1810. In one or more embodiments, exemplary circular or arcuate cross-sectional shapes may be substantially oval or substantially elliptical. - Using the securing
member 1808 with varying cross-sectional shapes may prove advantageous since it will tend to provide a preferred direction of bending of thecoil implant 1804 in a predetermined direction. As a result, in the event the securingmember 1808 is twisted along itscentral axis 1810, then the direction of easy lateral bending for the attendant coil may correspondingly spiral along the axial length of the coil. - Referring now to
FIGS. 20 a-20 d, illustrated are exemplary configurations for amultifilar coil 2004, according to one or more embodiments disclosed. As with prior embodiments, themultifilar coil 2004 may be used in conjunction with the systems 10, 100 (FIGS. 2 a-c). Themultifilar coil 2004 may be somewhat similar to themultifilar coil 404 described above with reference toFIG. 4 a and the other coils and implants discussed herein. Accordingly themultifilar coil 2004 may be best understood with reference toFIG. 4 a, where like numerals indicate like elements that will not be described again in detail. Themultifilar coil 2004 may include adistal tip 2002, which may be substantially similar to thedistal tip 204 described above with reference toFIG. 2 c, and a stretch resistant member (not shown) which may be substantially similar to the securingmember 1808 as described herein with reference toFIGS. 18 and 19 a-d. Themultifilar coil 2004 may further include at least a first filament 302A and a second filament 302B, but it will be appreciated that any number offilaments 302 may be used without departing from the scope of the disclosure. - The
multifilar coil 2004 may include one or morefirst pluralities 2006 a of adjacent first filaments 302A interchangeably followed by a corresponding one or moresecond pluralities 2006 b of adjacent second filaments 302B. Thepluralities 2006 a,b may extend axially in a repeating configuration along at least a portion of the axial length of themultifilar coil 2004. In some embodiments, the first filament 302A is softer or otherwise more bendable than the second filament 302B, which is more stiff. As a result, thefirst pluralities 2006 a made up of helically wound first filaments 302A may provide a corresponding first helically wound region, defined by at least a portion of the helically wound first filaments 302A, along a first portion of the axial length of themultifilar coil 2004. Thesecond pluralities 2006 b, made of helically wound second filaments 302B, provides a second helically wound region, defined by at least a portion of the helically wound second filaments 302B. The first region, since it is made of softer and more bendable filaments than the second region, may provide a coil flexibility at the first region that is more prone to lateral bending in a direction for a given force (i.e., a break point) than a coil flexibility at the second region in the same direction with the same force. Consequently, the break point of themultifilar coil 2004 may spiral along the length of the coil. - As an example of this spiraling break point, as experienced by the interaction between the softer first filaments 302A and the more stiff second filaments 302B, reference is made to the
coil 2004 ofFIG. 20 d. Arrow A inFIG. 20 d illustrates the direction of easiest bending when the coil is bent within the plane of the page, such that arrow A extends from the convex side of the bent coil. Such a bend would appear similar in shape to the bent coil depicted inFIG. 4 b, creating a convex side along an outer edge of the bend (i.e., a top side of the coil as viewed by the reader inFIG. 4 b), where filaments of the coil are depicted as separate from each other, and a concave side along an inner edge of the bend (i.e., a bottom side of the coil as viewed by the reader inFIG. 4 b), where filaments of the coil are depicted as not separate from each other. - Likewise, arrow B (shown as a solid point) illustrates the direction of easiest bending when the coil is bent out of the plane of the page (i.e., the convex side extends out of the page toward the reader) in a plane that is both normal to the page and coincident with the coil longitudinal axis. As a result, arrow B extends from the convex side of the
bent coil 2004 towards the reader. - Arrow C illustrates a direction of easiest bending when the
coil 2004 is bent within the plane of the page in a manner opposite to that described above with respect to arrow A. Such a bend would appear opposite in shape to the bent coil depicted inFIG. 4 b, creating a convex side along an outer edge (i.e., the bottom side of the coil as viewed by the reader inFIG. 4 b) of the bend and a concave side along an inner edge (i.e., the top side of the coil as viewed by the reader inFIG. 4 b) of the bend. Arrow C extends in the plane of the page from the convex side of thebent coil 2004. - Lastly, arrow D (shown as a hollow point) illustrates the direction of easiest bending when the
coil 2004 is bent into the plane of the page (i.e., the convex side extends into the page away from the reader) in a plane that is both normal to the page and coincident with the coil longitudinal axis. As a result, arrow D extends from the convex side of thebent coil 2004 and away from the reader. - As can be observed from
FIG. 20 d, along the length of thecoil 2004, the direction of easiest bending will spiral about the longitudinal axis of thecoil 2004. For example, at a point along the axis coinciding with arrow D, the easiest direction of bending is into the page, as indicated by arrow D. At a slight distance distally of arrow D, for example at a point along the axis coinciding with arrow C, the direction of easiest bending has rotated and can be within the plane of the page and directed downward (as viewed inFIG. 20 d), indicated by arrow C. At a slight distance distally of arrow C, for example at a point along the axis coinciding with arrow B, the direction of easiest bending has rotated and can be directed out of the page (i.e., toward the reader), as indicated by arrow B. At a slight distance distally of arrow B, for example at a point along the axis coinciding with arrow A, the direction of easiest bending has rotated and can be within the plane of the page and directed upward (as viewed inFIG. 20 d), as indicated by arrow A. At intermediate points between those identified above, for example between the points coinciding with arrows D and C, the direction of easiest bending will be at an oblique angle relative to the plane of the page. Accordingly, along the length of the coil axis, the direction of easiest bending will helically rotate about the axis. - The ratio of first filaments 302A to second filaments 302B in the
multifilar coil 2004 is partially indicative of the resulting flexibility or bendability of thecoil 2004. For example, in an embodiment where the lateral flexibility of thesecond plurality 2006 b is less than the lateral flexibility of thefirst plurality 2006 a, the ratio of the number of first filaments 302A to the number of second filaments 302B can vary widely, from a ratio greater than one to a ratio less than one. It will be appreciated, however, that the ratio offilaments 302 is limited, since the total number offilaments 302 in themultifilar coil 2004 is geometrically limited by the coil primary diameter and filament diameter, as discussed above. Consequently, if thecoil 2004 is geometrically limited to 10 filaments, for example, and the coil has afirst plurality 2006 a and asecond plurality 2006 b, then the ratio between first and second filaments 302A,B can be no greater than 8:2 and no less than 2:8. - For example, where the filament ratio <<1 (e.g., 2:8), the
coil 2004 may be comprised predominantly of less flexible second filaments 302B and will therefore exhibit mechanical characteristics similar thereto. In such acoil 2004, it may be desirable for the more flexible filament (e.g., the first filament 302A) to provide certain important, non-mechanical properties along the length of thecoil 2004. For example, the more flexible filament may be configured to be used as a thrombogenic surface, a surface structure highly receptive to tissue overgrowth, a drug depot which can elute medication over time, improve visualization (by X-ray, ultrasound, MRI, or other methods), combinations thereof, or other characteristics. - In embodiments where the filament ratio <<1 (e.g., 8:2), the
coil 2004 may be comprised predominantly of more flexible first filaments 302A and will therefore exhibit mechanical characteristics similar thereto. In such acoil 2004 it may be desirable for the less flexible filament (e.g., the second filament 302B) to provide certain important mechanical properties along the length of thecoil 2004. For example, the less flexible filament may be configured to provide mechanical strength, shape memory (whether by annealing, heat setting, or other means), resistance to prolapse out of the aneurysm neck, combinations thereof, or other characteristics. - In embodiments where the filament ratio ˜1 (e.g., 5:5), the
coil 2004 may be comprised of approximately equal numbers of less flexible second filaments 302B and more flexible first filaments 302A, and will therefore exhibit a mixture of mechanical characteristics. Coils having this approximate ratio of filaments may be especially suited to having a break point along the length of thecoil 2004 in which the direction of easier bending describes a spiral along the length of thecoil 2004. It will be appreciated, however, that the ratio of less flexible second filaments 302B to more flexible first filaments 302A will be chosen or otherwise determined for the particular application, with consideration of the lateral flexibilities of both the first and second filaments 302A,B, their number, and the coil primary diameter and cross sectional shape. - As illustrated in
FIG. 20 a, themultifilar coil 2004 may exhibit a 2:2 ratio filament pattern, where thefirst plurality 2006 a includes two consecutive loops or windings of soft, first filaments 302A, and thesecond plurality 2006 b includes two consecutive loops or windings of stiff, second filaments 302B. Accordingly, the filaments 302A-B are arranged in a repeating A-A-B-B pattern, and thepluralities 2006 a,b correspondingly repeat the pattern contiguously over at least a portion of the axial length of themultifilar coil 2004. - As illustrated in
FIG. 20 b, themultifilar coil 2004 may exhibit a 2:3 ratio filament pattern, where thefirst plurality 2006 a includes two consecutive loops or windings of first filaments 302A, and thesecond plurality 2006 b includes three consecutive loops or windings of second filaments 302B. Accordingly, the filaments 302A-B are arranged in a repeating A-A-B-B-B pattern, and thepluralities 2006 a,b correspondingly repeat the pattern contiguously over at least a portion of the axial length of themultifilar coil 2004. - As illustrated in
FIG. 20 c, themultifilar coil 2004 may exhibit a 3:2 ratio filament pattern, where thefirst plurality 2006 a includes three consecutive loops or windings of first filaments 302A, and thesecond plurality 2006 b includes two consecutive loops or windings of second filaments 302B. Accordingly, the filaments 302A-B are arranged in a repeating A-A-A-B-B pattern, and thepluralities 2006 a,b correspondingly repeat the pattern contiguously over at least a portion of the axial length of themultifilar coil 2004. - As illustrated in
FIG. 20 d, themultifilar coil 2004 may exhibit a 4:2 ratio filament pattern, where thefirst plurality 2006 a includes four consecutive loops or windings of first filaments 302A, and thesecond plurality 2006 b includes two consecutive loops or windings of second filaments 302B. Accordingly, the filaments 302A-B are arranged in a repeating A-A-A-A-B-B pattern, and thepluralities 2006 a,b correspondingly repeat the pattern contiguously over at least a portion of the axial length of themultifilar coil 2004. - As will be appreciated, the multifilar coil may exhibit any number of filament patterns without departing from the scope of the disclosure. For example, also contemplated herein is a 3:6 ratio pattern, a 2:4 ratio pattern, a 2:10 ratio pattern, a 8:2 ratio pattern, and a 8:4 ratio pattern, whereby the filaments 302A-B are arranged in repeating A-A-A-B-B-B-B-B-B, A-A-B-B-B-B, A-A-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B, A-A-A-A-A-A-A-A-B-B, and A-A-A-A-A-A-A-A-B-B-B-B patterns, respectively, and the
pluralities 2006 a,b correspondingly repeat the patterns contiguously over at least a portion of the axial length of themultifilar coil 2004. - The foregoing description is provided to enable a person skilled in the art to practice the various configurations described herein. While the subject technology has been particularly described with reference to the various figures and configurations, it should be understood that these are for illustration purposes only and should not be taken as limiting the scope of the description.
- There may be many other ways to implement the subject technology. Various functions and elements described herein may be partitioned differently from those shown without departing from the scope of the disclosure. Various modifications to these configurations will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, and generic principles defined herein may be applied to other configurations. Thus, many changes and modifications may be made to the subject technology, by one having ordinary skill in the art, without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
- It is understood that the specific order or hierarchy of steps in the processes disclosed is an illustration of exemplary approaches. Based upon design preferences, it is understood that the specific order or hierarchy of steps in the processes may be rearranged. Some of the steps may be performed simultaneously. The accompanying method claims present elements of the various steps in a sample order, and are not meant to be limited to the specific order or hierarchy presented.
- Terms such as “top,” “bottom,” “front,” “rear” and the like as used in this disclosure should be understood as referring to an arbitrary frame of reference, rather than to the ordinary gravitational frame of reference. Thus, a top surface, a bottom surface, a front surface, and a rear surface may extend upwardly, downwardly, diagonally, or horizontally in a gravitational frame of reference.
- A phrase such as an “aspect” does not imply that such aspect is essential to the subject technology or that such aspect applies to all configurations of the subject technology. A disclosure relating to an aspect may apply to all configurations, or one or more configurations. A phrase such as an aspect may refer to one or more aspects and vice versa. A phrase such as an “embodiment” does not imply that such embodiment is essential to the subject technology or that such embodiment applies to all configurations of the subject technology. A disclosure relating to an embodiment may apply to all embodiments, or one or more embodiments. A phrase such an embodiment may refer to one or more embodiments and vice versa.
- Furthermore, to the extent that the term “include,” “have,” or the like is used in the description or the claims, such term is intended to be inclusive in a manner similar to the term “comprise” as “comprise” is interpreted when employed as a transitional word in a claim.
- The word “exemplary” is used herein to mean “serving as an example, instance, or illustration.” Any embodiment described herein as “exemplary” is not necessarily to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments.
- A reference to an element in the singular is not intended to mean “one and only one” unless specifically stated, but rather “one or more.” The term “some” refers to one or more. All structural and functional equivalents to the elements of the various configurations described throughout this disclosure that are known or later come to be known to those of ordinary skill in the art are expressly incorporated herein by reference and intended to be encompassed by the description. Moreover, nothing disclosed herein is intended to be dedicated to the public regardless of whether such disclosure is explicitly recited in the above description.
Claims (21)
1.-121. (canceled)
122. An implantable device, comprising:
a coil comprising at least one filament, the coil forming a first region, a second region, a third region, and a fourth region axially-spaced along a length of the coil, wherein a first maximum cross-sectional dimension of the first region and the third region is greater than a second maximum cross-sectional dimension of the second region and the fourth region.
123. The implantable device of claim 122 , wherein the first region, the second region, the third region, and the fourth region are contiguous portions of the coil, wherein the second region is axially between the first region in the third region and the third region is axially between the second region of the fourth region.
124. The implantable device of claim 122 , wherein the first region, the second region, the third region, and the fourth region form a pattern that is repeated along the length of the coil.
125. The implantable device of claim 122 , wherein a transition region is defined between axially adjacent pairs of the first region, the second region, the third region, and the fourth region.
126. The implantable device of claim 125 , wherein each transition region may provide a step-wise transition from the first maximum cross-sectional dimension to the second maximum cross-sectional dimension.
127. The implantable device of claim 126 , wherein the transition region occurs over an axial length spanning one winding of the at least one filament.
128. The implantable device of claim 127 , wherein the coil further forms a fifth region at a distal end of the coil, the fifth region having a third maximum cross-sectional dimension that is greater than the second maximum cross-sectional dimension, wherein a tapering region is defined between the fourth region and the fifth region to gradually transition from the second maximum cross-sectional dimension to the third maximum cross-sectional dimension, wherein the tapering region occurs over an axial length spanning two or more windings of the at least one filament.
129. The implantable device of claim 125 , wherein the transition region occurs over an axial length spanning two or more windings of the at least one filament.
130. The implantable device of claim 122 , wherein the first diameter is sufficiently large such that the first region and the second region are able to at least partially receive the second region and/or the fourth region therein.
131. The implantable device of claim 130 , wherein, when the coil is axially compressed, the second and fourth regions are able to be axially pressed a distance into the respective inner lumens defined by the first region and the third region.
132. The implantable device of claim 122 , wherein the first region has a first axial length, the second region has a second axial length, the third region has a third axial length, and the fourth region has a fourth axial length, wherein the first and third axial lengths are different than either of the second or fourth axial lengths.
133. The implantable device of claim 122 , wherein the first region has a first axial length, the second region has a second axial length, the third region has a third axial length, and the fourth region has a fourth axial length, wherein the first axial length is different than the third axial length.
134. The implantable device of claim 122 , wherein the first region has a first axial length, the second region has a second axial length, the third region has a third axial length, and the fourth region has a fourth axial length, wherein the second axial length is different than the fourth axial length.
135. The implantable device of claim 122 , wherein one or more of the first region, the second region, the third region, and the fourth region each has a first transition region on a first side thereof and a second transition region on a second side thereof, wherein the first transition region and the second transition region each provides a transition from the first maximum cross-sectional dimension to the second maximum cross-sectional dimension, wherein the first transition region spans a first axial distance, and wherein the second transition region spans a second axial distance that is greater than the first axial distance.
136. The implantable device of claim 122 , wherein an inner cross-sectional dimension of inner lumens defined by the first region and the third region is greater than a second maximum cross-sectional dimension of the second region and the fourth region.
137. A method, comprising:
delivering an implantable device to a target site, the a device comprising a coil with at least one filament, the coil forming a first region, a second region, a third region, and a fourth region axially-spaced along a length of the coil, wherein a first maximum cross-sectional dimension of the first region and the third region is greater than a second maximum cross-sectional dimension of the second region and the fourth region.
138. The method of claim 137 , further comprising, upon application of a lateral force to the coil, bending the coil at the first region before bending at the second region.
139. The implantable device of claim 137 , further comprising, upon application of an axially compressive force, pressing the second and fourth regions a distance into the respective inner lumens defined by the first region and the third region.
140. The implantable device of claim 137 , wherein a transition region is defined between axially adjacent pairs of the first region, the second region, the third region, and the fourth region.
141. The implantable device of claim 140 , wherein the transition region occurs over an axial length spanning one winding of the at least one filament.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/691,394 US20150327976A1 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2015-04-20 | Aneurysm treatment coils |
US15/422,399 US10893868B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2017-02-01 | Aneurysm treatment coils |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/355,295 US9011480B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2012-01-20 | Aneurysm treatment coils |
US14/691,394 US20150327976A1 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2015-04-20 | Aneurysm treatment coils |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/355,295 Continuation US9011480B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2012-01-20 | Aneurysm treatment coils |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/422,399 Continuation US10893868B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2017-02-01 | Aneurysm treatment coils |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20150327976A1 true US20150327976A1 (en) | 2015-11-19 |
Family
ID=47684023
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/355,295 Active 2032-04-08 US9011480B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2012-01-20 | Aneurysm treatment coils |
US14/691,394 Abandoned US20150327976A1 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2015-04-20 | Aneurysm treatment coils |
US15/422,399 Active 2032-08-30 US10893868B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2017-02-01 | Aneurysm treatment coils |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/355,295 Active 2032-04-08 US9011480B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2012-01-20 | Aneurysm treatment coils |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/422,399 Active 2032-08-30 US10893868B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2017-02-01 | Aneurysm treatment coils |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US9011480B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2804543B1 (en) |
CN (2) | CN104411256B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2013109894A2 (en) |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10857012B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2020-12-08 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Vascular implant |
WO2021012097A1 (en) | 2019-07-19 | 2021-01-28 | Covidien Lp | Embolic device delivery system |
US10925611B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2021-02-23 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Packaging for surgical implant |
US11006940B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2021-05-18 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Micrograft for the treatment of intracranial aneurysms and method for use |
US11484319B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2022-11-01 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Delivery system for micrograft for treating intracranial aneurysms |
US11779452B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2023-10-10 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Vascular implant |
Families Citing this family (39)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP1793744B1 (en) | 2004-09-22 | 2008-12-17 | Dendron GmbH | Medical implant |
WO2008112436A2 (en) | 2007-03-13 | 2008-09-18 | Micro Therapeutics, Inc. | An implant, a mandrel, and a method of forming an implant |
US10716573B2 (en) | 2008-05-01 | 2020-07-21 | Aneuclose | Janjua aneurysm net with a resilient neck-bridging portion for occluding a cerebral aneurysm |
US9011480B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2015-04-21 | Covidien Lp | Aneurysm treatment coils |
US9687245B2 (en) | 2012-03-23 | 2017-06-27 | Covidien Lp | Occlusive devices and methods of use |
DE102012010687B4 (en) | 2012-05-30 | 2021-08-19 | ADMEDES GmbH | A method for producing a body implant, an assembly comprising a guide wire and a body implant, and a medical instrument |
ES2733273T3 (en) | 2012-10-22 | 2019-11-28 | Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg | Catheters with improved flexibility |
US9044575B2 (en) | 2012-10-22 | 2015-06-02 | Medtronic Adrian Luxembourg S.a.r.l. | Catheters with enhanced flexibility and associated devices, systems, and methods |
US10172734B2 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2019-01-08 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Capture tube mechanism for delivering and releasing a stent |
US20140277005A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | Covidien Lp | Medical device including flexible elongate torque-transmitting member |
WO2014189794A1 (en) | 2013-05-18 | 2014-11-27 | Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. | Neuromodulation catheters with shafts for enhanced flexibility and control and associated devices, systems, and methods |
US20150057698A1 (en) * | 2013-08-22 | 2015-02-26 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Detachable treatment device delivery system with narrowed diameter region at attachment zone |
CN106068103B (en) * | 2013-12-26 | 2018-10-09 | 斯瑞克公司 | Vaso-occlusive coil with curved section |
CN104739478B (en) * | 2013-12-31 | 2017-05-10 | 微创神通医疗科技(上海)有限公司 | Spring coil and production method thereof |
US11224437B2 (en) * | 2014-01-14 | 2022-01-18 | Penumbra, Inc. | Soft embolic implant |
CA2940965A1 (en) * | 2014-02-27 | 2015-09-03 | Incumedx, Inc. | Embolic framing microcoils |
US9713475B2 (en) | 2014-04-18 | 2017-07-25 | Covidien Lp | Embolic medical devices |
WO2017105479A1 (en) * | 2015-12-18 | 2017-06-22 | Blockade Medical, LLC | Vascular implant system and processes with flexible detachment zones |
US20180271533A1 (en) * | 2014-12-18 | 2018-09-27 | Balt LLC | Vascular Implant System and Processes with Flexible Detachment Zones |
US10869673B2 (en) * | 2015-02-05 | 2020-12-22 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Embolic coil with kick-in tail |
CN107530085A (en) * | 2015-03-03 | 2018-01-02 | 株式会社钟化米迪克斯 | Blood vessel embolism apparatus and its manufacture method |
US10111670B2 (en) | 2015-05-01 | 2018-10-30 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Expandable vascular occlusion device with lead framing coil |
JP7032328B2 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2022-03-08 | マイクロベンション インコーポレイテッド | Endovascular treatment site access |
JP6418613B2 (en) * | 2016-05-31 | 2018-11-07 | 国立大学法人信州大学 | Embolic coil |
US10842607B2 (en) * | 2016-10-14 | 2020-11-24 | Microvention, Inc. | Embolic coils |
CN107442707B (en) * | 2016-11-29 | 2020-05-01 | 微创神通医疗科技(上海)有限公司 | Spring ring and preparation method thereof |
EP3662846A4 (en) * | 2017-07-31 | 2021-08-04 | Kaneka Corporation | In vivo indwelling instrument, in vivo indwelling instrument delivery system, and in vivo indwelling instrument manufacturing method |
US20200078024A1 (en) * | 2018-09-12 | 2020-03-12 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Embolization coil with end coil integrated within main coil |
US20200170647A1 (en) * | 2018-12-04 | 2020-06-04 | Stryker Corporation | Vaso-occlusive device |
US20210007750A1 (en) * | 2019-07-13 | 2021-01-14 | Balt Usa | Coaxial Coil Detachment Systems Based on Targeting and Shock Absorbing Coil Improvements |
JP6739776B1 (en) * | 2019-08-09 | 2020-08-12 | 国立大学法人信州大学 | Embolic coil |
US11850385B2 (en) | 2020-04-03 | 2023-12-26 | Covidien Lp | Balloon catheter |
CN112274204B (en) * | 2020-06-12 | 2022-07-19 | 微创神通医疗科技(上海)有限公司 | Medical spring ring |
CN111658056B (en) * | 2020-07-09 | 2022-04-08 | 首都医科大学附属北京世纪坛医院 | Embolism particle for medical use and preparation method thereof |
CN116322861A (en) * | 2020-07-31 | 2023-06-23 | 恩多威斯有限公司 | Invasive tool with controlled rigidity and method of construction |
WO2022075182A1 (en) * | 2020-10-05 | 2022-04-14 | 株式会社カネカ | In vivo indwelling tool and in vivo indwelling tool delivery system |
JPWO2022075183A1 (en) * | 2020-10-05 | 2022-04-14 | ||
US20240016497A1 (en) * | 2022-07-12 | 2024-01-18 | Medtronic Inc. | Implantable embolization device |
WO2024097780A2 (en) * | 2022-11-02 | 2024-05-10 | Venacore Inc. | Vascular occlusion coils and occluders formed therewith |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090270908A1 (en) * | 2008-04-29 | 2009-10-29 | Cook Incorporated | Device and method for occlusion of fluid flow through a body vessel |
Family Cites Families (550)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3334629A (en) | 1964-11-09 | 1967-08-08 | Bertram D Cohn | Occlusive device for inferior vena cava |
US3834394A (en) | 1969-11-21 | 1974-09-10 | R Sessions | Occlusion device and method and apparatus for inserting the same |
US4085757A (en) | 1976-04-29 | 1978-04-25 | P Pevsner | Miniature balloon catheter method and apparatus |
US4341218A (en) | 1978-05-30 | 1982-07-27 | University Of California | Detachable balloon catheter |
US4327734A (en) | 1979-01-24 | 1982-05-04 | White Jr Robert I | Therapeutic method of use for miniature detachable balloon catheter |
US4282875A (en) | 1979-01-24 | 1981-08-11 | Serbinenko Fedor A | Occlusive device |
US4346712A (en) | 1979-04-06 | 1982-08-31 | Kuraray Company, Ltd. | Releasable balloon catheter |
US4311146A (en) | 1980-05-08 | 1982-01-19 | Sorenson Research Co., Inc. | Detachable balloon catheter apparatus and method |
US4364392A (en) | 1980-12-04 | 1982-12-21 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Detachable balloon catheter |
US4545367A (en) | 1982-07-16 | 1985-10-08 | Cordis Corporation | Detachable balloon catheter and method of use |
US4441495A (en) | 1982-08-16 | 1984-04-10 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Detachable balloon catheter device and method of use |
US4638803A (en) | 1982-09-30 | 1987-01-27 | Rand Robert W | Medical apparatus for inducing scar tissue formation in a body |
US4494531A (en) | 1982-12-06 | 1985-01-22 | Cook, Incorporated | Expandable blood clot filter |
US4517979A (en) | 1983-07-14 | 1985-05-21 | Cordis Corporation | Detachable balloon catheter |
US4787899A (en) | 1983-12-09 | 1988-11-29 | Lazarus Harrison M | Intraluminal graft device, system and method |
US5104399A (en) | 1986-12-10 | 1992-04-14 | Endovascular Technologies, Inc. | Artificial graft and implantation method |
US7166125B1 (en) | 1988-03-09 | 2007-01-23 | Endovascular Technologies, Inc. | Intraluminal grafting system |
US4745919A (en) | 1985-02-01 | 1988-05-24 | Bundy Mark A | Transluminal lysing system |
US4735201A (en) | 1986-01-30 | 1988-04-05 | The Beth Israel Hospital Association | Optical fiber with detachable metallic tip for intravascular laser coagulation of arteries, veins, aneurysms, vascular malformations and arteriovenous fistulas |
US4719924A (en) * | 1986-09-09 | 1988-01-19 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Small diameter steerable guidewire with adjustable tip |
FR2606641B1 (en) | 1986-11-17 | 1991-07-12 | Promed | FILTERING DEVICE FOR BLOOD CLOTS |
US5002556A (en) | 1986-11-29 | 1991-03-26 | Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha | Balloon catheter assembly |
JPS63238872A (en) | 1987-03-25 | 1988-10-04 | テルモ株式会社 | Instrument for securing inner diameter of cavity of tubular organ and catheter equipped therewith |
US4819637A (en) | 1987-09-01 | 1989-04-11 | Interventional Therapeutics Corporation | System for artificial vessel embolization and devices for use therewith |
US6685696B2 (en) * | 1987-09-30 | 2004-02-03 | Lake Region Manufacturing, Inc. | Hollow lumen cable apparatus |
US5133732A (en) | 1987-10-19 | 1992-07-28 | Medtronic, Inc. | Intravascular stent |
FR2632864B2 (en) | 1987-12-31 | 1990-10-19 | Biomat Sarl | ANTI-EMBOLIC ELASTIC FILTERING SYSTEM FOR CELLAR VEIN AND ASSEMBLY OF MEANS FOR ITS PLACEMENT |
AU615247B2 (en) | 1988-01-27 | 1991-09-26 | Kievsky Nauchno-Issledovatelsky Institut Neirokhirurgii | Occluding device |
JPH0284964A (en) | 1988-03-18 | 1990-03-26 | Tokai Rika Co Ltd | High frequency power source device for balloon catheter |
US4932419A (en) | 1988-03-21 | 1990-06-12 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Multi-filar, cross-wound coil for medical devices |
US4832055A (en) | 1988-07-08 | 1989-05-23 | Palestrant Aubrey M | Mechanically locking blood clot filter |
US4994069A (en) | 1988-11-02 | 1991-02-19 | Target Therapeutics | Vaso-occlusion coil and method |
US5480382A (en) | 1989-01-09 | 1996-01-02 | Pilot Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Steerable medical device |
FR2641692A1 (en) | 1989-01-17 | 1990-07-20 | Nippon Zeon Co | Plug for closing an opening for a medical application, and device for the closure plug making use thereof |
NZ228382A (en) | 1989-03-17 | 1992-08-26 | Carter Holt Harvey Plastic Pro | Drug administering coil-like device for insertion in body cavity of animal |
WO1990012616A1 (en) | 1989-04-25 | 1990-11-01 | Kievsky Nauchno-Issledovatelsky Institut Neirokhirurgii | Occluding device |
US4990155A (en) | 1989-05-19 | 1991-02-05 | Wilkoff Howard M | Surgical stent method and apparatus |
EP0408245B1 (en) | 1989-07-13 | 1994-03-02 | American Medical Systems, Inc. | Stent placement instrument |
US5035706A (en) | 1989-10-17 | 1991-07-30 | Cook Incorporated | Percutaneous stent and method for retrieval thereof |
USRE42625E1 (en) | 1990-03-13 | 2011-08-16 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Endovascular electrolytically detachable wire and tip for the formation of thrombus in arteries, veins, aneurysms, vascular malformations and arteriovenous fistulas |
US5851206A (en) | 1990-03-13 | 1998-12-22 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method and apparatus for endovascular thermal thrombosis and thermal cancer treatment |
US5976131A (en) | 1990-03-13 | 1999-11-02 | The Regents Of The University At California | Detachable endovascular occlusion device activated by alternating electric current |
US6083220A (en) | 1990-03-13 | 2000-07-04 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Endovascular electrolytically detachable wire and tip for the formation of thrombus in arteries, veins, aneurysms, vascular malformations and arteriovenous fistulas |
US6425893B1 (en) | 1990-03-13 | 2002-07-30 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method and apparatus for fast electrolytic detachment of an implant |
US5354295A (en) | 1990-03-13 | 1994-10-11 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | In an endovascular electrolytically detachable wire and tip for the formation of thrombus in arteries, veins, aneurysms, vascular malformations and arteriovenous fistulas |
USRE42756E1 (en) | 1990-03-13 | 2011-09-27 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Endovascular electrolytically detachable wire and tip for the formation of thrombus in arteries, veins, aneurysms, vascular malformations and arteriovenous fistulas |
US5122136A (en) | 1990-03-13 | 1992-06-16 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Endovascular electrolytically detachable guidewire tip for the electroformation of thrombus in arteries, veins, aneurysms, vascular malformations and arteriovenous fistulas |
US5569245A (en) | 1990-03-13 | 1996-10-29 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Detachable endovascular occlusion device activated by alternating electric current |
JP2514087Y2 (en) | 1990-05-25 | 1996-10-16 | 幸三 牧田 | Balloon with detachable double-sided check valve |
US5108407A (en) | 1990-06-08 | 1992-04-28 | Rush-Presbyterian St. Luke's Medical Center | Method and apparatus for placement of an embolic coil |
US5167624A (en) | 1990-11-09 | 1992-12-01 | Catheter Research, Inc. | Embolus delivery system and method |
US5133731A (en) | 1990-11-09 | 1992-07-28 | Catheter Research, Inc. | Embolus supply system and method |
DE4104702C2 (en) | 1991-02-15 | 1996-01-18 | Malte Neuss | Implants for organ pathways in spiral form |
US5109867A (en) | 1991-04-19 | 1992-05-05 | Target Therapeutics | Extendable guidewire assembly |
US5217484A (en) | 1991-06-07 | 1993-06-08 | Marks Michael P | Retractable-wire catheter device and method |
US5147370A (en) | 1991-06-12 | 1992-09-15 | Mcnamara Thomas O | Nitinol stent for hollow body conduits |
US5314472A (en) | 1991-10-01 | 1994-05-24 | Cook Incorporated | Vascular stent |
CA2117088A1 (en) | 1991-09-05 | 1993-03-18 | David R. Holmes | Flexible tubular device for use in medical applications |
US5222970A (en) | 1991-09-06 | 1993-06-29 | William A. Cook Australia Pty. Ltd. | Method of and system for mounting a vascular occlusion balloon on a delivery catheter |
US5304194A (en) | 1991-10-02 | 1994-04-19 | Target Therapeutics | Vasoocclusion coil with attached fibrous element(s) |
US5226911A (en) | 1991-10-02 | 1993-07-13 | Target Therapeutics | Vasoocclusion coil with attached fibrous element(s) |
US5256146A (en) | 1991-10-11 | 1993-10-26 | W. D. Ensminger | Vascular catheterization system with catheter anchoring feature |
US5211658A (en) | 1991-11-05 | 1993-05-18 | New England Deaconess Hospital Corporation | Method and device for performing endovascular repair of aneurysms |
US5261916A (en) | 1991-12-12 | 1993-11-16 | Target Therapeutics | Detachable pusher-vasoocclusive coil assembly with interlocking ball and keyway coupling |
US5234437A (en) | 1991-12-12 | 1993-08-10 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Detachable pusher-vasoocclusion coil assembly with threaded coupling |
JP2602625B2 (en) | 1991-12-12 | 1997-04-23 | ターゲット セラピューティクス,インコーポレイテッド | Removable pusher with occlusal connection-vaso-occlusive coil assembly |
US5649950A (en) | 1992-01-22 | 1997-07-22 | C. R. Bard | System for the percutaneous transluminal front-end loading delivery and retrieval of a prosthetic occluder |
WO1993020886A1 (en) | 1992-04-13 | 1993-10-28 | Ep Technologies, Inc. | Articulated systems for cardiac ablation |
US5224953A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1993-07-06 | The Beth Israel Hospital Association | Method for treatment of obstructive portions of urinary passageways |
US5263964A (en) | 1992-05-06 | 1993-11-23 | Coil Partners Ltd. | Coaxial traction detachment apparatus and method |
US5382261A (en) | 1992-09-01 | 1995-01-17 | Expandable Grafts Partnership | Method and apparatus for occluding vessels |
US5443478A (en) | 1992-09-02 | 1995-08-22 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Multi-element intravascular occlusion device |
US5527338A (en) | 1992-09-02 | 1996-06-18 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Intravascular device |
AU4926193A (en) | 1992-09-21 | 1994-04-12 | Vitaphore Corporation | Embolization plugs for blood vessels |
USRE37117E1 (en) | 1992-09-22 | 2001-03-27 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Detachable embolic coil assembly using interlocking clasps and method of use |
US5250071A (en) | 1992-09-22 | 1993-10-05 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Detachable embolic coil assembly using interlocking clasps and method of use |
US5312415A (en) | 1992-09-22 | 1994-05-17 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Assembly for placement of embolic coils using frictional placement |
US5350397A (en) | 1992-11-13 | 1994-09-27 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Axially detachable embolic coil assembly |
IL106946A0 (en) | 1992-09-22 | 1993-12-28 | Target Therapeutics Inc | Detachable embolic coil assembly |
CA2123983C (en) | 1992-09-22 | 1996-07-30 | Thomas J. Palermo | Detachable embolic coil assembly |
US5382259A (en) | 1992-10-26 | 1995-01-17 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Vasoocclusion coil with attached tubular woven or braided fibrous covering |
US5382260A (en) | 1992-10-30 | 1995-01-17 | Interventional Therapeutics Corp. | Embolization device and apparatus including an introducer cartridge and method for delivering the same |
US5792157A (en) | 1992-11-13 | 1998-08-11 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Expandable intravascular occlusion material removal devices and methods of use |
US5690666A (en) | 1992-11-18 | 1997-11-25 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Ultrasoft embolism coils and process for using them |
WO1994011051A1 (en) | 1992-11-19 | 1994-05-26 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Large diameter vasoocclusion coil |
US5443454A (en) | 1992-12-09 | 1995-08-22 | Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha | Catheter for embolectomy |
US5423849A (en) | 1993-01-15 | 1995-06-13 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Vasoocclusion device containing radiopaque fibers |
JPH06246004A (en) | 1993-02-26 | 1994-09-06 | Raifu Technol Kenkyusho | Catheter |
US5334210A (en) | 1993-04-09 | 1994-08-02 | Cook Incorporated | Vascular occlusion assembly |
US5925059A (en) | 1993-04-19 | 1999-07-20 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Detachable embolic coil assembly |
US5800453A (en) | 1993-04-19 | 1998-09-01 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Detachable embolic coil assembly using interlocking hooks and slots |
WO1994026175A1 (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1994-11-24 | Vitaphore Corporation | Embolization device |
US5498227A (en) | 1993-09-15 | 1996-03-12 | Mawad; Michel E. | Retrievable, shielded radiotherapy implant |
US5624449A (en) | 1993-11-03 | 1997-04-29 | Target Therapeutics | Electrolytically severable joint for endovascular embolic devices |
US5423829A (en) | 1993-11-03 | 1995-06-13 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Electrolytically severable joint for endovascular embolic devices |
JP3537856B2 (en) | 1993-12-06 | 2004-06-14 | 株式会社パイオラックス | Treatment device for tubular organs |
US6039749A (en) | 1994-02-10 | 2000-03-21 | Endovascular Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for deploying non-circular stents and graftstent complexes |
US5507769A (en) | 1994-10-18 | 1996-04-16 | Stentco, Inc. | Method and apparatus for forming an endoluminal bifurcated graft |
ES2242957T3 (en) | 1994-03-03 | 2005-11-16 | Boston Scientific Limited | DEVICE FOR DETECTING THE SEPARATION OF A VASCULAR OCLUSION DEVICE. |
US5417708A (en) | 1994-03-09 | 1995-05-23 | Cook Incorporated | Intravascular treatment system and percutaneous release mechanism therefor |
CA2185781C (en) | 1994-03-18 | 2006-07-11 | Kurt J. Tekulve | Helical embolization coil |
US6117157A (en) | 1994-03-18 | 2000-09-12 | Cook Incorporated | Helical embolization coil |
JP2880070B2 (en) | 1994-03-31 | 1999-04-05 | 株式会社カネカメディックス | Medical wire having an indwelling member |
JPH07284534A (en) | 1994-04-15 | 1995-10-31 | Kato Hatsujo Kaisha Ltd | Treating means for vascular organ |
US6001092A (en) | 1994-06-24 | 1999-12-14 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Complex coils having fibered centers |
US5725546A (en) | 1994-06-24 | 1998-03-10 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Detachable microcoil delivery catheter |
US5549624A (en) | 1994-06-24 | 1996-08-27 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Fibered vasooclusion coils |
US5522836A (en) | 1994-06-27 | 1996-06-04 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Electrolytically severable coil assembly with movable detachment point |
US5725552A (en) | 1994-07-08 | 1998-03-10 | Aga Medical Corporation | Percutaneous catheter directed intravascular occlusion devices |
EP1695673A3 (en) | 1994-07-08 | 2009-07-08 | ev3 Inc. | Intravascular filtering device |
US5556426A (en) | 1994-08-02 | 1996-09-17 | Meadox Medicals, Inc. | PTFE implantable tubular prostheses with external coil support |
CA2162620A1 (en) | 1994-11-11 | 1996-05-12 | Gene Samson | Microcatheter-less coil delivery device |
CA2163708C (en) | 1994-12-07 | 2007-08-07 | Robert E. Fischell | Integrated dual-function catheter system for balloon angioplasty and stent delivery |
US5690671A (en) | 1994-12-13 | 1997-11-25 | Micro Interventional Systems, Inc. | Embolic elements and methods and apparatus for their delivery |
US5578074A (en) | 1994-12-22 | 1996-11-26 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Implant delivery method and assembly |
US5814062A (en) | 1994-12-22 | 1998-09-29 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Implant delivery assembly with expandable coupling/decoupling mechanism |
DE4445715C2 (en) | 1994-12-22 | 1998-04-09 | Hans Dr Med Henkes | Arrangement for inserting an implant into a blood vessel or into a body cavity |
IL116561A0 (en) | 1994-12-30 | 1996-03-31 | Target Therapeutics Inc | Severable joint for detachable devices placed within the body |
DK175166B1 (en) | 1995-01-03 | 2004-06-21 | Cook William Europ | Method of manufacturing an assembly for placing an embolization coil in the vascular system and such assembly as well as an apparatus for advancing the assembly |
CA2207667A1 (en) | 1995-01-27 | 1996-08-01 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Embolizing system |
NO961280L (en) | 1995-03-30 | 1996-10-01 | Target Therapeutics Inc | Liquid coils of secondary form |
WO1996032153A1 (en) | 1995-04-14 | 1996-10-17 | Interventional Therapeutics Corporation | Dual valve detachable occlusion balloon and over-the-wire delivery apparatus and method for use therewith |
US6171326B1 (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2001-01-09 | Micrus Corporation | Three dimensional, low friction vasoocclusive coil, and method of manufacture |
US5911731A (en) | 1995-04-20 | 1999-06-15 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Anatomically shaped vasoocclusive devices |
US5645558A (en) | 1995-04-20 | 1997-07-08 | Medical University Of South Carolina | Anatomically shaped vasoocclusive device and method of making the same |
US6638291B1 (en) | 1995-04-20 | 2003-10-28 | Micrus Corporation | Three dimensional, low friction vasoocclusive coil, and method of manufacture |
US6059779A (en) | 1995-04-28 | 2000-05-09 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Delivery catheter for electrolytically detachable implant |
US5639277A (en) | 1995-04-28 | 1997-06-17 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Embolic coils with offset helical and twisted helical shapes |
US6143007A (en) | 1995-04-28 | 2000-11-07 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Method for making an occlusive device |
JP3007022B2 (en) | 1995-05-19 | 2000-02-07 | 株式会社カネカメディックス | High frequency power supply for heating |
US5645564A (en) | 1995-05-22 | 1997-07-08 | Regents Of The University Of California | Microfabricated therapeutic actuator mechanisms |
US6994689B1 (en) | 1995-06-05 | 2006-02-07 | Medtronic Vascular, Inc. | Occlusion of a vessel |
US5766160A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1998-06-16 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Variable stiffness coils |
NO962336L (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1996-12-09 | Target Therapeutics Inc | Vaso-occlusive spiral |
US5624461A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1997-04-29 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Three dimensional in-filling vaso-occlusive coils |
US6705323B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2004-03-16 | Conceptus, Inc. | Contraceptive transcervical fallopian tube occlusion devices and methods |
US6814748B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2004-11-09 | Endovascular Technologies, Inc. | Intraluminal grafting system |
US5707389A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-01-13 | Baxter International Inc. | Side branch occlusion catheter device having integrated endoscope for performing endoscopically visualized occlusion of the side branches of an anatomical passageway |
US5989242A (en) | 1995-06-26 | 1999-11-23 | Trimedyne, Inc. | Therapeutic appliance releasing device |
EP0913124B1 (en) | 1995-06-30 | 2003-11-26 | Boston Scientific Limited | Stretch resistant vaso-occlusive coils |
US5853418A (en) | 1995-06-30 | 1998-12-29 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Stretch resistant vaso-occlusive coils (II) |
US5582619A (en) | 1995-06-30 | 1996-12-10 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Stretch resistant vaso-occlusive coils |
US6013084A (en) | 1995-06-30 | 2000-01-11 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Stretch resistant vaso-occlusive coils (II) |
US5743905A (en) | 1995-07-07 | 1998-04-28 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Partially insulated occlusion device |
US6019757A (en) | 1995-07-07 | 2000-02-01 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Endoluminal electro-occlusion detection apparatus and method |
US5749918A (en) | 1995-07-20 | 1998-05-12 | Endotex Interventional Systems, Inc. | Intraluminal graft and method for inserting the same |
US5601600A (en) | 1995-09-08 | 1997-02-11 | Conceptus, Inc. | Endoluminal coil delivery system having a mechanical release mechanism |
CA2186768C (en) | 1995-09-29 | 2000-12-12 | Pete Phong Pham | Anatomically shaped vasoocclusive devices |
US6287315B1 (en) | 1995-10-30 | 2001-09-11 | World Medical Manufacturing Corporation | Apparatus for delivering an endoluminal prosthesis |
DE29518932U1 (en) | 1995-11-29 | 1996-06-20 | Reul, Jürgen, Dr.med., 52146 Würselen | Controlled detachable embolization ball spiral |
AU690862B2 (en) | 1995-12-04 | 1998-04-30 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Fibered micro vaso-occlusive devices |
US5658308A (en) | 1995-12-04 | 1997-08-19 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Bioactive occlusion coil |
DE19547617C1 (en) | 1995-12-20 | 1997-09-18 | Malte Neus | Appliance for inserting and replacing surgical implant |
US5749894A (en) | 1996-01-18 | 1998-05-12 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Aneurysm closure method |
US6168622B1 (en) | 1996-01-24 | 2001-01-02 | Microvena Corporation | Method and apparatus for occluding aneurysms |
US5702361A (en) | 1996-01-31 | 1997-12-30 | Micro Therapeutics, Inc. | Method for embolizing blood vessels |
JP2000504594A (en) | 1996-02-02 | 2000-04-18 | トランスバスキュラー インコーポレイテッド | Method and apparatus for blocking flow in a blood vessel |
US6270495B1 (en) | 1996-02-22 | 2001-08-07 | Radiotherapeutics Corporation | Method and device for enhancing vessel occlusion |
DE19607451B4 (en) | 1996-02-28 | 2009-08-13 | Gerd Prof. Dr.med. Hausdorf | Occlusion implant for occluding arteriovenous shorting connections |
US5649949A (en) | 1996-03-14 | 1997-07-22 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Variable cross-section conical vasoocclusive coils |
DE19610333A1 (en) | 1996-03-17 | 1997-09-18 | M Dr Mausbach | Apparatus and process for introduction and release of implant in vivo |
US5792154A (en) | 1996-04-10 | 1998-08-11 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Soft-ended fibered micro vaso-occlusive devices |
EP0902651B1 (en) | 1996-05-14 | 2002-07-17 | PFM Produkte für die Medizin Aktiengesellschaft | Strengthened implant for bodily ducts |
US6068623A (en) | 1997-03-06 | 2000-05-30 | Percusurge, Inc. | Hollow medical wires and methods of constructing same |
US6066158A (en) | 1996-07-25 | 2000-05-23 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Mechanical clot encasing and removal wire |
US5972019A (en) | 1996-07-25 | 1999-10-26 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Mechanical clot treatment device |
US6096034A (en) | 1996-07-26 | 2000-08-01 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Aneurysm closure device assembly |
US5980514A (en) | 1996-07-26 | 1999-11-09 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Aneurysm closure device assembly |
JP3784112B2 (en) | 1996-08-15 | 2006-06-07 | 株式会社カネカメディックス | Coiled embolic material |
US5964797A (en) | 1996-08-30 | 1999-10-12 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Electrolytically deployable braided vaso-occlusion device |
DK177010B1 (en) | 1996-09-03 | 2010-11-29 | Cook William Europ | Embolization device for placement in a blood vessel |
US5941249A (en) | 1996-09-05 | 1999-08-24 | Maynard; Ronald S. | Distributed activator for a two-dimensional shape memory alloy |
US6254628B1 (en) | 1996-12-09 | 2001-07-03 | Micro Therapeutics, Inc. | Intracranial stent |
US6149681A (en) | 1996-09-20 | 2000-11-21 | Converge Medical, Inc. | Radially expanding prostheses and systems for their deployment |
JP3754145B2 (en) | 1996-09-20 | 2006-03-08 | 株式会社カネカメディックス | Medical wire having in-vivo indwelling member |
US5690667A (en) | 1996-09-26 | 1997-11-25 | Target Therapeutics | Vasoocclusion coil having a polymer tip |
US5895391A (en) | 1996-09-27 | 1999-04-20 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Ball lock joint and introducer for vaso-occlusive member |
US6984240B1 (en) | 1996-10-25 | 2006-01-10 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Detachable multidiameter vasoocclusive coil |
US5733329A (en) | 1996-12-30 | 1998-03-31 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Vaso-occlusive coil with conical end |
US5976152A (en) | 1997-01-28 | 1999-11-02 | Regan Stent, Inc. | Method and system for deploying shape memory prostheses with heated fluid |
DE19703482A1 (en) | 1997-01-31 | 1998-08-06 | Ernst Peter Prof Dr M Strecker | Stent |
AU5783898A (en) | 1997-02-03 | 1998-08-25 | Dec International Nz Limited | Active delivery device and related procedures |
US5782860A (en) | 1997-02-11 | 1998-07-21 | Biointerventional Corporation | Closure device for percutaneous occlusion of puncture sites and tracts in the human body and method |
US6056770A (en) | 1997-02-11 | 2000-05-02 | Biointerventional Corporation | Expansile device for use in blood vessels and tracts in the body and method |
US5911737A (en) | 1997-02-28 | 1999-06-15 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Microfabricated therapeutic actuators |
US6183487B1 (en) | 1997-03-06 | 2001-02-06 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Ablation device for reducing damage to vessels and/or in-vivo stents |
US5830230A (en) | 1997-03-07 | 1998-11-03 | Micro Therapeutics, Inc. | Method of intracranial vascular embolotherapy using self anchoring coils |
US5800454A (en) | 1997-03-17 | 1998-09-01 | Sarcos, Inc. | Catheter deliverable coiled wire thromboginic apparatus and method |
US5980554A (en) | 1997-05-05 | 1999-11-09 | Micro Therapeutics, Inc. | Wire frame partial flow obstruction for aneurysm treatment |
US5891192A (en) | 1997-05-22 | 1999-04-06 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Ion-implanted protein-coated intralumenal implants |
EP0882428A3 (en) | 1997-06-05 | 2000-06-14 | Medtronic Ave, Inc. | Intravascular occlusion device |
US5951599A (en) | 1997-07-09 | 1999-09-14 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Occlusion system for endovascular treatment of an aneurysm |
US5928260A (en) | 1997-07-10 | 1999-07-27 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Removable occlusion system for aneurysm neck |
US7569066B2 (en) | 1997-07-10 | 2009-08-04 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Methods and devices for the treatment of aneurysms |
US5944733A (en) | 1997-07-14 | 1999-08-31 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Controlled detachable vasoocclusive member using mechanical junction and friction-enhancing member |
GB9715241D0 (en) | 1997-07-18 | 1997-09-24 | Jeffree Martin A | Device for treating aneurysms |
JP4060528B2 (en) | 1997-08-04 | 2008-03-12 | ボストン サイエンティフィック コーポレーション | Occlusion system for aneurysm treatment |
GB9716497D0 (en) | 1997-08-05 | 1997-10-08 | Bridport Gundry Plc | Occlusion device |
AU8772198A (en) | 1997-08-05 | 1999-03-08 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Detachable aneurysm neck bridge |
US6063070A (en) | 1997-08-05 | 2000-05-16 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Detachable aneurysm neck bridge (II) |
JP4392866B2 (en) | 1997-08-08 | 2010-01-06 | 株式会社カネカメディックス | Embolization material and medical wire device |
US6086577A (en) | 1997-08-13 | 2000-07-11 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Detachable aneurysm neck bridge (III) |
US5916235A (en) | 1997-08-13 | 1999-06-29 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Apparatus and method for the use of detachable coils in vascular aneurysms and body cavities |
US6322576B1 (en) | 1997-08-29 | 2001-11-27 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Stable coil designs |
US6156061A (en) | 1997-08-29 | 2000-12-05 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Fast-detaching electrically insulated implant |
US5984929A (en) | 1997-08-29 | 1999-11-16 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Fast detaching electronically isolated implant |
US6860893B2 (en) | 1997-08-29 | 2005-03-01 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Stable coil designs |
JP4355038B2 (en) | 1997-09-01 | 2009-10-28 | 株式会社カネカメディックス | Vascular embolization device |
US5855599A (en) | 1997-09-02 | 1999-01-05 | Sitek, Inc. | Silicon micro machined occlusion implant |
US5895410A (en) | 1997-09-12 | 1999-04-20 | B. Braun Medical, Inc. | Introducer for an expandable vascular occlusion device |
US5984944A (en) | 1997-09-12 | 1999-11-16 | B. Braun Medical, Inc. | Introducer for an expandable vascular occlusion device |
US6066149A (en) | 1997-09-30 | 2000-05-23 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Mechanical clot treatment device with distal filter |
US6464699B1 (en) | 1997-10-10 | 2002-10-15 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for positioning a diagnostic or therapeutic element on body tissue and mask element for use with same |
US6074407A (en) | 1997-10-14 | 2000-06-13 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Delivery catheter for occlusive implants |
US6146373A (en) | 1997-10-17 | 2000-11-14 | Micro Therapeutics, Inc. | Catheter system and method for injection of a liquid embolic composition and a solidification agent |
US6511468B1 (en) | 1997-10-17 | 2003-01-28 | Micro Therapeutics, Inc. | Device and method for controlling injection of liquid embolic composition |
WO1999022651A1 (en) | 1997-10-30 | 1999-05-14 | Kaneka Medix Corporation | Medical device for disposing in vivo indwelling member and method of disposing the member |
US6159165A (en) | 1997-12-05 | 2000-12-12 | Micrus Corporation | Three dimensional spherical micro-coils manufactured from radiopaque nickel-titanium microstrand |
US6136015A (en) | 1998-08-25 | 2000-10-24 | Micrus Corporation | Vasoocclusive coil |
US6168570B1 (en) | 1997-12-05 | 2001-01-02 | Micrus Corporation | Micro-strand cable with enhanced radiopacity |
US6241691B1 (en) | 1997-12-05 | 2001-06-05 | Micrus Corporation | Coated superelastic stent |
US6203547B1 (en) | 1997-12-19 | 2001-03-20 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Vaso-occlusion apparatus having a manipulable mechanical detachment joint and a method for using the apparatus |
US6475227B2 (en) | 1997-12-24 | 2002-11-05 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Vaso-occlusion apparatus having a mechanically expandable detachment joint and a method for using the apparatus |
US7070607B2 (en) | 1998-01-27 | 2006-07-04 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Bioabsorbable polymeric implants and a method of using the same to create occlusions |
WO1999044538A1 (en) | 1998-01-27 | 1999-09-10 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Biodegradable polymer/protein based coils for intralumenal implants |
US6096546A (en) | 1998-01-30 | 2000-08-01 | Board Of Trustees, Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey | Methods for recovering polypeptides from plants and portions thereof |
WO1999039649A1 (en) | 1998-02-10 | 1999-08-12 | Dubrul William R | Occlusion, anchoring, tensioning and flow direction apparatus and methods for use |
US6346091B1 (en) | 1998-02-13 | 2002-02-12 | Stephen C. Jacobsen | Detachable coil for aneurysm therapy |
US6022369A (en) | 1998-02-13 | 2000-02-08 | Precision Vascular Systems, Inc. | Wire device with detachable end |
US5935145A (en) | 1998-02-13 | 1999-08-10 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Vaso-occlusive device with attached polymeric materials |
US5941888A (en) | 1998-02-18 | 1999-08-24 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Vaso-occlusive member assembly with multiple detaching points |
US6077260A (en) | 1998-02-19 | 2000-06-20 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Assembly containing an electrolytically severable joint for endovascular embolic devices |
US6063100A (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2000-05-16 | Cordis Corporation | Embolic coil deployment system with improved embolic coil |
US6183491B1 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2001-02-06 | Cordis Corporation | Embolic coil deployment system with improved embolic coil |
US6113622A (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2000-09-05 | Cordis Corporation | Embolic coil hydraulic deployment system |
US6117142A (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2000-09-12 | Cordis Corporation | Embolic coil hydraulic deployment system with improved syringe injector |
US6068644A (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2000-05-30 | Cordis Corporation | Embolic coil hydraulic deployment system having improved catheter |
CA2265062C (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2008-09-16 | Cordis Corporation | Stretch resistant embolic coil with variable stiffness |
US6379374B1 (en) | 1998-10-22 | 2002-04-30 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc. | Small diameter embolic coil hydraulic deployment system |
US5925060A (en) | 1998-03-13 | 1999-07-20 | B. Braun Celsa | Covered self-expanding vascular occlusion device |
US6520983B1 (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2003-02-18 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Stent delivery system |
EP0951870A1 (en) | 1998-04-21 | 1999-10-27 | Medicorp S.A. | Device for aneurysma treatment |
US6015424A (en) | 1998-04-28 | 2000-01-18 | Microvention, Inc. | Apparatus and method for vascular embolization |
US6168615B1 (en) | 1998-05-04 | 2001-01-02 | Micrus Corporation | Method and apparatus for occlusion and reinforcement of aneurysms |
US6306105B1 (en) | 1998-05-14 | 2001-10-23 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | High performance coil wire |
US6293960B1 (en) | 1998-05-22 | 2001-09-25 | Micrus Corporation | Catheter with shape memory polymer distal tip for deployment of therapeutic devices |
US5980550A (en) | 1998-06-18 | 1999-11-09 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Water-soluble coating for bioactive vasoocclusive devices |
US20020087184A1 (en) | 1998-06-18 | 2002-07-04 | Eder Joseph C. | Water-soluble coating for bioactive devices |
US5935148A (en) | 1998-06-24 | 1999-08-10 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Detachable, varying flexibility, aneurysm neck bridge |
US6165193A (en) | 1998-07-06 | 2000-12-26 | Microvention, Inc. | Vascular embolization with an expansible implant |
US6102917A (en) | 1998-07-15 | 2000-08-15 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Shape memory polymer (SMP) gripper with a release sensing system |
US6165194A (en) | 1998-07-24 | 2000-12-26 | Micrus Corporation | Intravascular flow modifier and reinforcement device |
US6656218B1 (en) | 1998-07-24 | 2003-12-02 | Micrus Corporation | Intravascular flow modifier and reinforcement device |
US6093199A (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2000-07-25 | Endovascular Technologies, Inc. | Intra-luminal device for treatment of body cavities and lumens and method of use |
US6315709B1 (en) | 1998-08-07 | 2001-11-13 | Stereotaxis, Inc. | Magnetic vascular defect treatment system |
US6149664A (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2000-11-21 | Micrus Corporation | Shape memory pusher introducer for vasoocclusive devices |
US6500149B2 (en) | 1998-08-31 | 2002-12-31 | Deepak Gandhi | Apparatus for deployment of micro-coil using a catheter |
US6478773B1 (en) | 1998-12-21 | 2002-11-12 | Micrus Corporation | Apparatus for deployment of micro-coil using a catheter |
US6224610B1 (en) | 1998-08-31 | 2001-05-01 | Micrus Corporation | Shape memory polymer intravascular delivery system with heat transfer medium |
US6296622B1 (en) | 1998-12-21 | 2001-10-02 | Micrus Corporation | Endoluminal device delivery system using axially recovering shape memory material |
EP1109499B1 (en) | 1998-09-04 | 2007-08-15 | Boston Scientific Limited | Detachable aneurysm neck closure patch |
US7410482B2 (en) | 1998-09-04 | 2008-08-12 | Boston Scientific-Scimed, Inc. | Detachable aneurysm neck bridge |
US6277126B1 (en) | 1998-10-05 | 2001-08-21 | Cordis Neurovascular Inc. | Heated vascular occlusion coil development system |
US6277125B1 (en) | 1998-10-05 | 2001-08-21 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc. | Embolic coil deployment system with retaining jaws |
WO2000021443A1 (en) | 1998-10-09 | 2000-04-20 | Cook Incorporated | Vasoocclusion coil device having a core therein |
US6019779A (en) | 1998-10-09 | 2000-02-01 | Intratherapeutics Inc. | Multi-filar coil medical stent |
FR2785172B1 (en) | 1998-11-02 | 2000-12-29 | Assist Publ Hopitaux De Paris | BIOCOMPATIBLE METAL SPIRE AND DEVICES FOR LAYING ADJUSTABLE LENGTH ELECTROSECABLE VASCULAR OCCLUSION |
US6569179B2 (en) | 1998-11-10 | 2003-05-27 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Bioactive three loop coil |
US6187024B1 (en) | 1998-11-10 | 2001-02-13 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Bioactive coating for vaso-occlusive devices |
US6723112B2 (en) | 1998-11-10 | 2004-04-20 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Bioactive three loop coil |
US6383204B1 (en) | 1998-12-15 | 2002-05-07 | Micrus Corporation | Variable stiffness coil for vasoocclusive devices |
US6102932A (en) | 1998-12-15 | 2000-08-15 | Micrus Corporation | Intravascular device push wire delivery system |
EP1010396B1 (en) | 1998-12-16 | 2003-05-07 | Arthesys | Catheter system for release of embolization coils by hydraulic pressure |
US6835185B2 (en) | 1998-12-21 | 2004-12-28 | Micrus Corporation | Intravascular device deployment mechanism incorporating mechanical detachment |
JP2003524456A (en) | 1999-01-27 | 2003-08-19 | ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア | Biodegradable polymer protein-based coils for use as luminal implants |
US7018401B1 (en) | 1999-02-01 | 2006-03-28 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Woven intravascular devices and methods for making the same and apparatus for delivery of the same |
US6312405B1 (en) | 1999-02-02 | 2001-11-06 | American Medical Systems, Inc. | Self-sealing detachable balloon |
EP1148895B1 (en) | 1999-02-05 | 2004-11-17 | The Regents of the University of California | Thermo-reversible polymer for intralumenal implant |
US6231597B1 (en) | 1999-02-16 | 2001-05-15 | Mark E. Deem | Apparatus and methods for selectively stenting a portion of a vessel wall |
US6368338B1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2002-04-09 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas | Occlusion method and apparatus |
US6221066B1 (en) | 1999-03-09 | 2001-04-24 | Micrus Corporation | Shape memory segmented detachable coil |
US6613074B1 (en) | 1999-03-10 | 2003-09-02 | Cordis Corporation | Endovascular aneurysm embolization device |
US6428558B1 (en) | 1999-03-10 | 2002-08-06 | Cordis Corporation | Aneurysm embolization device |
US6296604B1 (en) | 1999-03-17 | 2001-10-02 | Stereotaxis, Inc. | Methods of and compositions for treating vascular defects |
US6375606B1 (en) | 1999-03-17 | 2002-04-23 | Stereotaxis, Inc. | Methods of and apparatus for treating vascular defects |
DE69927474T2 (en) | 1999-03-29 | 2006-07-06 | William Cook Europe A/S | A guidewire |
DK1040842T3 (en) | 1999-03-29 | 2004-06-28 | Cook William Europ | A guidewire |
US6458137B1 (en) | 1999-05-26 | 2002-10-01 | Cook Incorporated | Assembly for positioning an embolization coil in the vascular system and a method of introducing a detachable embolization coil |
US6379329B1 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2002-04-30 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc. | Detachable balloon embolization device and method |
US6375668B1 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2002-04-23 | Hanson S. Gifford | Devices and methods for treating vascular malformations |
US20020169473A1 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2002-11-14 | Concentric Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for treating vascular malformations |
ES2299426T3 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2008-06-01 | Microtransform, Inc. | INTRACORPORE OCLUSION DEVICE. |
US6280457B1 (en) | 1999-06-04 | 2001-08-28 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Polymer covered vaso-occlusive devices and methods of producing such devices |
US6202261B1 (en) | 1999-06-14 | 2001-03-20 | Polytech Netting, L.P. | Swivelling anchor for storage net and method of installing same |
US6663607B2 (en) | 1999-07-12 | 2003-12-16 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Bioactive aneurysm closure device assembly and kit |
US6312421B1 (en) | 1999-07-23 | 2001-11-06 | Neurovasx, Inc. | Aneurysm embolization material and device |
US6309367B1 (en) | 1999-07-23 | 2001-10-30 | Neurovasx, Inc. | Aneurysm shield |
USD427680S (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2000-07-04 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Spiral vaso-occlusion coil |
US6238403B1 (en) | 1999-10-04 | 2001-05-29 | Microvention, Inc. | Filamentous embolic device with expansible elements |
US6602261B2 (en) | 1999-10-04 | 2003-08-05 | Microvention, Inc. | Filamentous embolic device with expansile elements |
US8048104B2 (en) | 2000-10-30 | 2011-11-01 | Dendron Gmbh | Device for the implantation of occlusion spirals |
DE10010840A1 (en) | 1999-10-30 | 2001-09-20 | Dendron Gmbh | Device for implanting occlusion coils uses coils electrolytically corrodable at several points at intervals so variable sized lengths can be separated by electrolysis |
DE19952387A1 (en) | 1999-10-30 | 2001-05-03 | Dendron Gmbh | Device to implant occlusion coil in body cavity or blood vessel; has occlusion coil that is electrolytically corrodible at several points to separate variable length of coil on contact with body fluid |
US6458127B1 (en) | 1999-11-22 | 2002-10-01 | Csaba Truckai | Polymer embolic elements with metallic coatings for occlusion of vascular malformations |
US6331184B1 (en) | 1999-12-10 | 2001-12-18 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Detachable covering for an implantable medical device |
US20050187564A1 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2005-08-25 | Swaminathan Jayaraman | Occlusive coil manufacturing and delivery |
US6790218B2 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2004-09-14 | Swaminathan Jayaraman | Occlusive coil manufacture and delivery |
US20040082879A1 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2004-04-29 | Klint Henrik S. | Endovascular medical device with plurality of wires |
ATE429860T1 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2009-05-15 | Cook William Europ | DEVICE FOR INTRODUCING AN INTRAVASCULAR EMBOLIZATION DEVICE |
US6589227B2 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2003-07-08 | William Cook Europe Aps | Endovascular medical device with plurality of wires |
AU3803801A (en) | 2000-02-03 | 2001-08-14 | Cook Inc | Implantable vascular device |
US6397850B1 (en) | 2000-02-09 | 2002-06-04 | Scimed Life Systems Inc | Dual-mode apparatus and method for detection of embolic device detachment |
AU2001238155A1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2001-08-20 | Percusurge, Inc. | Intravascular device for filtering emboli |
US6544225B1 (en) | 2000-02-29 | 2003-04-08 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc. | Embolic coil hydraulic deployment system with purge mechanism |
US6346117B1 (en) | 2000-03-02 | 2002-02-12 | Prodesco, Inc. | Bag for use in the intravascular treatment of saccular aneurysms |
US6632241B1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2003-10-14 | Endovascular Technologies, Inc. | Self-expanding, pseudo-braided intravascular device |
EP1142535B1 (en) | 2000-04-07 | 2012-10-03 | Collagen Matrix, Inc. | Embolization device |
WO2001087184A1 (en) | 2000-05-16 | 2001-11-22 | Frantzen John J | Radially expandable stent featuring aneurysm covering surface |
US6514264B1 (en) | 2000-06-01 | 2003-02-04 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc. | Embolic coil hydraulic deployment system with purge mechanism |
US6530934B1 (en) | 2000-06-06 | 2003-03-11 | Sarcos Lc | Embolic device composed of a linear sequence of miniature beads |
US7153323B1 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2006-12-26 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Aneurysm liner with multi-segment extender |
EP1169969A1 (en) | 2000-07-05 | 2002-01-09 | Medtronic Ave, Inc. | Pedicle occlusion device |
US20030176857A1 (en) | 2000-07-26 | 2003-09-18 | Lee Kyu Ho | Assembly for embolic treatments |
DE60045829D1 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2011-05-19 | Micrus Endovascular Corp | System for intravascular implantation |
US6544275B1 (en) | 2000-08-11 | 2003-04-08 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Vaso-occlusive coils with selectively flattened areas |
ES2351205T3 (en) | 2000-08-11 | 2011-02-01 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | VARIABLE GLASS VESSEL-OCLUSIVE SPIRALS. |
US6554849B1 (en) | 2000-09-11 | 2003-04-29 | Cordis Corporation | Intravascular embolization device |
US6723108B1 (en) | 2000-09-18 | 2004-04-20 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc | Foam matrix embolization device |
US7029486B2 (en) | 2000-09-26 | 2006-04-18 | Microvention, Inc. | Microcoil vaso-occlusive device with multi-axis secondary configuration |
US6605101B1 (en) | 2000-09-26 | 2003-08-12 | Microvention, Inc. | Microcoil vaso-occlusive device with multi-axis secondary configuration |
US7033374B2 (en) | 2000-09-26 | 2006-04-25 | Microvention, Inc. | Microcoil vaso-occlusive device with multi-axis secondary configuration |
US20020072712A1 (en) | 2000-10-12 | 2002-06-13 | Nool Jeffrey A. | Medical wire introducer and protective sheath |
US6607538B1 (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2003-08-19 | Microvention, Inc. | Mechanism for the deployment of endovascular implants |
US6635069B1 (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2003-10-21 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Non-overlapping spherical three-dimensional coil |
EP1326672A4 (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2007-03-07 | Nmt Medical Inc | Over-the-wire interlock attachment/detachment mechanism |
US6689141B2 (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2004-02-10 | Microvention, Inc. | Mechanism for the deployment of endovascular implants |
US6589265B1 (en) | 2000-10-31 | 2003-07-08 | Endovascular Technologies, Inc. | Intrasaccular embolic device |
US6743251B1 (en) | 2000-11-15 | 2004-06-01 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Implantable devices with polymeric detachment junction |
US6958061B2 (en) | 2000-11-24 | 2005-10-25 | Csaba Truckai | Microspheres with sacrificial coatings for vaso-occlusive systems |
EP1345556B1 (en) | 2000-11-25 | 2008-09-10 | Board of Regents, The University of Texas System | Occlusion device |
US20020072791A1 (en) | 2000-12-07 | 2002-06-13 | Eder Joseph C. | Light-activated multi-point detachment mechanism |
US20020082620A1 (en) | 2000-12-27 | 2002-06-27 | Elaine Lee | Bioactive materials for aneurysm repair |
US6547804B2 (en) | 2000-12-27 | 2003-04-15 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Selectively permeable highly distensible occlusion balloon |
US6540657B2 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2003-04-01 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for internally inducing a magnetic field in an aneurysm to embolize aneurysm with magnetically-controllable substance |
US6603994B2 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2003-08-05 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for internally inducing a magnetic field in an aneurysm to embolize aneurysm with magnetically-controllable substance |
US6544163B2 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2003-04-08 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for controlling a magnetically controllable embolic in the embolization of an aneurysm |
DE60224502T2 (en) | 2001-01-10 | 2008-12-24 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc., Miami Lakes | System for introducing an embolic coil |
DE60225241T2 (en) | 2001-01-16 | 2009-02-19 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc., Miami Lakes | REMOVABLE, SELF-EXPANDING ANEURYSMA COVERING DEVICE |
US6494884B2 (en) | 2001-02-09 | 2002-12-17 | Concentric Medical, Inc. | Methods and devices for delivering occlusion elements |
US20020120297A1 (en) | 2001-02-26 | 2002-08-29 | Shadduck John H. | Vaso-occlusive implants for interventional neuroradiology |
US6878384B2 (en) | 2001-03-13 | 2005-04-12 | Microvention, Inc. | Hydrogels that undergo volumetric expansion in response to changes in their environment and their methods of manufacture and use |
US6602269B2 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2003-08-05 | Scimed Life Systems | Embolic devices capable of in-situ reinforcement |
DE10118017B4 (en) | 2001-04-10 | 2017-04-13 | Dendron Gmbh | Occlusion coil and device for implantation of occlusion coils |
US20020161376A1 (en) | 2001-04-27 | 2002-10-31 | Barry James J. | Method and system for delivery of coated implants |
US6855153B2 (en) | 2001-05-01 | 2005-02-15 | Vahid Saadat | Embolic balloon |
AU2002305401A1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2002-11-18 | Concentric Medical | Hydrogel filament vaso-occlusive device |
US6716238B2 (en) | 2001-05-10 | 2004-04-06 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Stent with detachable tethers and method of using same |
US6607539B1 (en) | 2001-05-18 | 2003-08-19 | Endovascular Technologies, Inc. | Electric endovascular implant depolyment system |
US6921410B2 (en) | 2001-05-29 | 2005-07-26 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Injection molded vaso-occlusive elements |
AU2002344223B2 (en) | 2001-05-29 | 2006-07-06 | Microvention, Inc. | Method of manufacturing expansile filamentous embolization devices |
US6585754B2 (en) | 2001-05-29 | 2003-07-01 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Absorbable implantable vaso-occlusive member |
US20040225279A1 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2004-11-11 | Jean Raymond | Detachable tip microcatheter for use of liquid embolic agents |
US6692510B2 (en) | 2001-06-14 | 2004-02-17 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc. | Aneurysm embolization device and deployment system |
US20030181927A1 (en) | 2001-06-21 | 2003-09-25 | Wallace Michael P. | Aneurysm neck obstruction device |
US6454780B1 (en) | 2001-06-21 | 2002-09-24 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Aneurysm neck obstruction device |
US6599299B2 (en) | 2001-06-26 | 2003-07-29 | Leonard S. Schultz | Device and method for body lumen occlusion |
US6572628B2 (en) | 2001-06-28 | 2003-06-03 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc. | Method and apparatus for placing a medical agent into a vessel of the body |
US7572288B2 (en) | 2001-07-20 | 2009-08-11 | Microvention, Inc. | Aneurysm treatment device and method of use |
US20030028209A1 (en) | 2001-07-31 | 2003-02-06 | Clifford Teoh | Expandable body cavity liner device |
US7687053B2 (en) | 2001-08-20 | 2010-03-30 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Embolic compositions with non-cyanoacrylate rheology modifying agents |
JP2005500121A (en) | 2001-08-27 | 2005-01-06 | デンドロン・ゲー・エム・ベー・ハー | Occlusion means detention device |
US6656351B2 (en) | 2001-08-31 | 2003-12-02 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Embolic protection devices one way porous membrane |
WO2003022344A2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2003-03-20 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Flexible delivery system |
US6811560B2 (en) | 2001-09-20 | 2004-11-02 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc. | Stent aneurysm embolization method and device |
US6592594B2 (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2003-07-15 | Spiration, Inc. | Bronchial obstruction device deployment system and method |
US7169161B2 (en) | 2001-11-06 | 2007-01-30 | Possis Medical, Inc. | Guidewire having occlusive device and repeatably crimpable proximal end |
WO2003039624A2 (en) | 2001-11-06 | 2003-05-15 | Possis Medical Inc. | Guidewire occlusion system utilizing repeatably inflatable gas-filled occlusive device |
CN101045005A (en) * | 2001-11-07 | 2007-10-03 | 微温森公司 | Microcoil vaso-occlusive device with multi-axis secondary configuration |
DE10155191A1 (en) | 2001-11-12 | 2003-05-22 | Dendron Gmbh | Medical implant |
JP2003190175A (en) | 2001-11-15 | 2003-07-08 | Cordis Neurovascular Inc | Aneurysm neck cover for sealing aneurysm |
JP4429589B2 (en) | 2001-11-15 | 2010-03-10 | コーディス・ニューロバスキュラー・インコーポレイテッド | Aneurysm embolization device using an occluding member |
US6811561B2 (en) | 2001-11-15 | 2004-11-02 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc. | Small diameter deployment system with improved headpiece |
US6685653B2 (en) | 2001-12-19 | 2004-02-03 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Extension system for pressure-sensing guidewires |
US20030120302A1 (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2003-06-26 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Vaso-occlusive device with serpentine shape |
US6953473B2 (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2005-10-11 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Detachable device with electrically responsive element |
EP1331745A1 (en) | 2002-01-26 | 2003-07-30 | Corning Incorporated | Apparatus and method for 3R regeneration of optical signals |
JP2003255338A (en) | 2002-02-28 | 2003-09-10 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Liquid crystal display |
US7278430B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2007-10-09 | Arvik Enterprises, Llc | Blood vessel occlusion device |
AU2003214193A1 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2003-09-29 | Transvascular, Inc. | Implantable lumen occluding devices and methods |
WO2003077776A1 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2003-09-25 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Coupling system useful in placement of implants |
US7695488B2 (en) | 2002-03-27 | 2010-04-13 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Expandable body cavity liner device |
US20030195553A1 (en) | 2002-04-12 | 2003-10-16 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | System and method for retaining vaso-occlusive devices within an aneurysm |
US20030204246A1 (en) | 2002-04-25 | 2003-10-30 | Jack Chu | Aneurysm treatment system and method |
US7122048B2 (en) | 2002-05-03 | 2006-10-17 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Hypotube endoluminal device |
US7060083B2 (en) | 2002-05-20 | 2006-06-13 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Foldable vaso-occlusive member |
US7338511B2 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2008-03-04 | Boston Scientific-Scimed, Inc. | Solid embolic material with variable expansion |
US6833003B2 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2004-12-21 | Cordis Neurovascular | Expandable stent and delivery system |
US6887258B2 (en) | 2002-06-26 | 2005-05-03 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Embolic filtering devices for bifurcated vessels |
US7485122B2 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2009-02-03 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Integrated anchor coil in stretch-resistant vaso-occlusive coils |
US20040006362A1 (en) | 2002-07-02 | 2004-01-08 | Dean Schaefer | Uniaxial multifilar vaso-occlusive device with high stretch resistance and low buckling strength |
US20040006354A1 (en) | 2002-07-02 | 2004-01-08 | Dean Schaefer | Coaxial stretch-resistant vaso-occlusive device |
DE10233085B4 (en) | 2002-07-19 | 2014-02-20 | Dendron Gmbh | Stent with guide wire |
US7608058B2 (en) | 2002-07-23 | 2009-10-27 | Micrus Corporation | Stretch resistant therapeutic device |
US20050171572A1 (en) * | 2002-07-31 | 2005-08-04 | Microvention, Inc. | Multi-layer coaxial vaso-occlusive device |
US8273100B2 (en) | 2002-07-31 | 2012-09-25 | Microvention, Inc. | Three element coaxial vaso-occlusive device |
US7058456B2 (en) | 2002-08-09 | 2006-06-06 | Concentric Medical, Inc. | Methods and devices for changing the shape of a medical device |
US7331973B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2008-02-19 | Avdanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Guide wire with embolic filtering attachment |
US6945956B2 (en) | 2002-12-23 | 2005-09-20 | Medtronic, Inc. | Steerable catheter |
US20040153025A1 (en) | 2003-02-03 | 2004-08-05 | Seifert Paul S. | Systems and methods of de-endothelialization |
US7473266B2 (en) | 2003-03-14 | 2009-01-06 | Nmt Medical, Inc. | Collet-based delivery system |
US20040193246A1 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2004-09-30 | Microvention, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for treating aneurysms and other vascular defects |
US8016869B2 (en) | 2003-03-26 | 2011-09-13 | Biosensors International Group, Ltd. | Guidewire-less stent delivery methods |
US7569626B2 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2009-08-04 | Dfine, Inc. | Polymer composites for biomedical applications and methods of making |
US20040260384A1 (en) | 2003-06-17 | 2004-12-23 | Medtronic Ave | Superelastic coiled stent |
US20050021023A1 (en) | 2003-07-23 | 2005-01-27 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | System and method for electrically determining position and detachment of an implantable device |
US8043321B2 (en) | 2003-07-24 | 2011-10-25 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Embolic coil |
US8414524B2 (en) | 2003-10-01 | 2013-04-09 | Micrus Endovascular Corporation | Long nose manipulatable catheter |
US20070135907A1 (en) | 2003-10-02 | 2007-06-14 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Stent with expandable foam |
US20050149109A1 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2005-07-07 | Wallace Michael P. | Expanding filler coil |
DE102004003265A1 (en) | 2004-01-21 | 2005-08-11 | Dendron Gmbh | Device for the implantation of electrically isolated occlusion coils |
US20050177185A1 (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2005-08-11 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Counterwound coil for embolic protection sheath |
US7485123B2 (en) | 2004-03-01 | 2009-02-03 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Complex vaso-occlusive coils |
US8777974B2 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2014-07-15 | Aga Medical Corporation | Multi-layer braided structures for occluding vascular defects |
US8500751B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2013-08-06 | Merlin Md Pte Ltd | Medical device |
WO2005094725A1 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-13 | Merlin Md Pte Ltd | A method for treating aneurysms |
ATE490736T1 (en) | 2004-05-21 | 2010-12-15 | Micro Therapeutics Inc | METAL COILS COVERED WITH BIOLOGICAL OR BIODEGRADABLE OR SYNTHETIC POLYMERS OR FIBERS FOR EMBOLIZING A BODY CAVITY |
US20060025801A1 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2006-02-02 | Robert Lulo | Embolic device deployment system with filament release |
US20060025802A1 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2006-02-02 | Sowers William W | Embolic coil delivery system with U-shaped fiber release mechanism |
US7918872B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2011-04-05 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Embolic device delivery system with retractable partially coiled-fiber release |
US7931659B2 (en) | 2004-09-10 | 2011-04-26 | Penumbra, Inc. | System and method for treating ischemic stroke |
US8361104B2 (en) | 2004-09-17 | 2013-01-29 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Vascular occlusion device with an embolic mesh ribbon |
EP1793744B1 (en) | 2004-09-22 | 2008-12-17 | Dendron GmbH | Medical implant |
DE502004010411D1 (en) | 2004-09-22 | 2009-12-31 | Dendron Gmbh | DEVICE FOR IMPLANTING MICROWAVES |
US8535345B2 (en) | 2004-10-07 | 2013-09-17 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Vasoocclusive coil with biplex windings to improve mechanical properties |
US7794473B2 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2010-09-14 | C.R. Bard, Inc. | Filter delivery system |
US20060116713A1 (en) | 2004-11-26 | 2006-06-01 | Ivan Sepetka | Aneurysm treatment devices and methods |
US20060116714A1 (en) | 2004-11-26 | 2006-06-01 | Ivan Sepetka | Coupling and release devices and methods for their assembly and use |
US8425550B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2013-04-23 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Embolic coils |
US7608089B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2009-10-27 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Vaso-occlusive device having pivotable coupling |
US20060155323A1 (en) | 2005-01-07 | 2006-07-13 | Porter Stephen C | Intra-aneurysm devices |
US20060155324A1 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2006-07-13 | Porter Stephen C | Vaso-occlusive devices with attached polymer structures |
ATE514384T1 (en) | 2005-02-04 | 2011-07-15 | Zuli Holdings Ltd | DEVICE FOR TREATING AN ANEURYSM |
US20060200190A1 (en) | 2005-03-02 | 2006-09-07 | Lorenzo Juan A | Embolic coil with twisted wire |
WO2006096449A2 (en) | 2005-03-03 | 2006-09-14 | Hines Richard A | Endovascular aneurysm treatment device and delivery system |
US20060206199A1 (en) | 2005-03-12 | 2006-09-14 | Churchwell Stacey D | Aneurysm treatment devices |
DE102005019782A1 (en) | 2005-04-28 | 2006-11-09 | Dendron Gmbh | Device for implantation of occlusion coils with internal securing means |
US20060253148A1 (en) | 2005-05-04 | 2006-11-09 | Leone James E | Apparatus and method of using an occluder for embolic protection |
US8002789B2 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2011-08-23 | Stryker Corporation | Stretch-resistant vaso-occlusive devices with flexible detachment junctions |
US20060271097A1 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2006-11-30 | Kamal Ramzipoor | Electrolytically detachable implantable devices |
US7371251B2 (en) | 2005-06-02 | 2008-05-13 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc. | Stretch resistant embolic coil delivery system with mechanical release mechanism |
US7708755B2 (en) | 2005-06-02 | 2010-05-04 | Codman & Shurtleff Inc. | Stretch resistant embolic coil delivery system with combined mechanical and pressure release mechanism |
US7811305B2 (en) | 2005-06-02 | 2010-10-12 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Stretch resistant embolic coil delivery system with spring release mechanism |
US9636115B2 (en) | 2005-06-14 | 2017-05-02 | Stryker Corporation | Vaso-occlusive delivery device with kink resistant, flexible distal end |
EP1738698A2 (en) | 2005-06-30 | 2007-01-03 | Cordis Neurovascular, Inc. | Embolic coil delivery system |
US8007509B2 (en) | 2005-10-12 | 2011-08-30 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Coil assemblies, components and methods |
JP5154432B2 (en) | 2005-11-17 | 2013-02-27 | マイクロベンション インコーポレイテッド | 3D complex coil |
US7722636B2 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2010-05-25 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Embolic device delivery system with torque fracture characteristic |
EP1959873B1 (en) | 2005-12-13 | 2015-05-20 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Detachment actuator for use with medical device deployment systems |
US8152839B2 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2012-04-10 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Embolic coils |
US7691124B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2010-04-06 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Delivery of therapeutic devices |
US20070185524A1 (en) | 2006-02-03 | 2007-08-09 | Pedro Diaz | Rapid exchange emboli capture guidewire system and methods of use |
US7344558B2 (en) | 2006-02-28 | 2008-03-18 | Cordis Development Corporation | Embolic device delivery system |
US20070225738A1 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2007-09-27 | Cook Incorporated | Aneurysm coil and method of assembly |
US20070239199A1 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-11 | Swaminathan Jayaraman | Inferior vena cava filter |
US7766933B2 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2010-08-03 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Stretch resistant design for embolic coils with stabilization bead |
US20070239193A1 (en) | 2006-04-05 | 2007-10-11 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Stretch-resistant vaso-occlusive devices with distal anchor link |
CA2649702C (en) | 2006-04-17 | 2014-12-09 | Microtherapeutics, Inc. | System and method for mechanically positioning intravascular implants |
WO2007134266A2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-22 | Electroformed Stents, Inc. | Exclusion device and system for delivery |
US9561351B2 (en) | 2006-05-31 | 2017-02-07 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Drug delivery spiral coil construct |
US20070299461A1 (en) | 2006-06-21 | 2007-12-27 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Embolic coils and related components, systems, and methods |
US8062325B2 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2011-11-22 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Implantable medical device detachment system and methods of using the same |
US20080046092A1 (en) | 2006-08-17 | 2008-02-21 | Richard Champion Davis | Coil embolization device with stretch resistance fiber |
US8034073B2 (en) | 2006-08-18 | 2011-10-11 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Stretch resistant embolic coil |
US20080097401A1 (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2008-04-24 | Trapp Benjamin M | Cerebral vasculature device |
US7901444B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2011-03-08 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Embolic coil delivery system with mechanical release mechanism |
US7927348B2 (en) | 2006-10-10 | 2011-04-19 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Stretch resistant coil device |
WO2008064206A2 (en) | 2006-11-20 | 2008-05-29 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Mechanically detachable vaso-occlusive device |
WO2008085606A1 (en) | 2006-11-20 | 2008-07-17 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Mechanically detachable vaso-occlusive device |
WO2008112436A2 (en) | 2007-03-13 | 2008-09-18 | Micro Therapeutics, Inc. | An implant, a mandrel, and a method of forming an implant |
ES2437619T3 (en) | 2007-03-13 | 2014-01-13 | Covidien Lp | An implant that includes a helical winding and a stretch resistant element |
WO2008127328A1 (en) | 2007-04-12 | 2008-10-23 | Swaminathan Jayaraman | Inferior vena cava filter |
US8425541B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2013-04-23 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Aneurysm occlusion device containing bioactive and biocompatible copolymer shell and a liquid embolic agent |
US20110022149A1 (en) | 2007-06-04 | 2011-01-27 | Cox Brian J | Methods and devices for treatment of vascular defects |
US8361138B2 (en) | 2007-07-25 | 2013-01-29 | Aga Medical Corporation | Braided occlusion device having repeating expanded volume segments separated by articulation segments |
DE102007038446A1 (en) * | 2007-08-14 | 2009-02-19 | pfm Produkte für die Medizin AG | Embolisiereinrichtung |
US8080038B2 (en) * | 2007-08-17 | 2011-12-20 | Jmea Corporation | Dynamic stabilization device for spine |
JP5580737B2 (en) | 2007-08-17 | 2014-08-27 | ミクラス エンドバスキュラー エルエルシー | Twisted primary wind coil for vascular treatment, method for forming the same, and secondary wind coil |
US7901704B2 (en) | 2007-08-21 | 2011-03-08 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Embolization |
US7841994B2 (en) | 2007-11-02 | 2010-11-30 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Medical device for crossing an occlusion in a vessel |
US8029461B2 (en) | 2008-01-11 | 2011-10-04 | Joseph Michael Thielen | Closable loop access guide catheter |
EP2273948A4 (en) | 2008-04-03 | 2014-01-01 | Gardia Medical Ltd | Delivery catheter with constraining sheath and methods of deploying medical devices into a body lumen |
US10028747B2 (en) | 2008-05-01 | 2018-07-24 | Aneuclose Llc | Coils with a series of proximally-and-distally-connected loops for occluding a cerebral aneurysm |
US10716573B2 (en) | 2008-05-01 | 2020-07-21 | Aneuclose | Janjua aneurysm net with a resilient neck-bridging portion for occluding a cerebral aneurysm |
US20160206321A1 (en) | 2008-05-01 | 2016-07-21 | Aneuclose Llc | Aneurysm Occlusion Device with Sequence of Shape-Changing Embolic Members |
US20090312748A1 (en) | 2008-06-11 | 2009-12-17 | Johnson Kirk L | Rotational detachment mechanism |
US8333796B2 (en) | 2008-07-15 | 2012-12-18 | Penumbra, Inc. | Embolic coil implant system and implantation method |
AU2009274126A1 (en) | 2008-07-22 | 2010-01-28 | Covidien Lp | Vascular remodeling device |
US20100030319A1 (en) | 2008-07-31 | 2010-02-04 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Coils for vascular implants or other uses |
EP2349431B1 (en) | 2008-08-19 | 2015-01-21 | Covidien LP | Detachable tip microcatheter |
WO2010048177A2 (en) | 2008-10-20 | 2010-04-29 | IMDS, Inc. | Systems and methods for aneurysm treatment and vessel occlusion |
US9211202B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2015-12-15 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Apparatus and method for treating an aneurysm |
DE102009009003A1 (en) | 2009-02-16 | 2010-08-26 | Justus-Liebig-Universität Giessen | implant |
WO2010102254A2 (en) | 2009-03-06 | 2010-09-10 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Thin film vascular stent and biocompatible surface treatment |
KR20100107255A (en) | 2009-03-25 | 2010-10-05 | 주식회사 엠비메디텍 | Detachable coil with helical shape which make complex-shaped coil basket easily used in endovascular treatment of cerebral aneurysms |
US20100256666A1 (en) | 2009-04-06 | 2010-10-07 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Delivery wire for occlusive device delivery system |
TWI516244B (en) | 2009-04-20 | 2016-01-11 | 大塚醫療器材股份有限公司 | Delivery assembly for occlusion device using mechanical interlocking coupling mechanism |
WO2010134914A1 (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2010-11-25 | University Of Miami | Spherical helix embolic coils for the treatment of cerebral aneurysms |
US8118817B2 (en) | 2009-07-21 | 2012-02-21 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Detachable embolization coil |
EP2609873B1 (en) | 2009-09-07 | 2019-05-08 | Aeeg Ab | Device and kit for closure of a body lumen puncture |
KR101686273B1 (en) | 2009-09-09 | 2016-12-13 | 가부시키가이샤 가네카 | Embolization coil |
DE102009056449A1 (en) | 2009-12-01 | 2011-06-09 | Acandis Gmbh & Co. Kg | Medical device |
US8906057B2 (en) | 2010-01-04 | 2014-12-09 | Aneuclose Llc | Aneurysm embolization by rotational accumulation of mass |
US20110184454A1 (en) | 2010-01-27 | 2011-07-28 | Penumbra, Inc. | Embolic implants |
US20110245861A1 (en) | 2010-04-05 | 2011-10-06 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Vaso-occlusive devices |
US9247942B2 (en) | 2010-06-29 | 2016-02-02 | Artventive Medical Group, Inc. | Reversible tubal contraceptive device |
CA2812012C (en) | 2010-09-10 | 2018-01-02 | Medina Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for the treatment of vascular defects |
US8998947B2 (en) | 2010-09-10 | 2015-04-07 | Medina Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for the treatment of vascular defects |
JP6559396B2 (en) | 2011-01-17 | 2019-08-14 | メタクティブ・メディカル・インコーポレイテッドMetactive Medical, Inc. | Detachable metal balloon delivery device and method |
DE102011011869A1 (en) | 2011-02-22 | 2012-08-23 | Phenox Gmbh | implant |
US10028745B2 (en) | 2011-03-30 | 2018-07-24 | Noha, Llc | Advanced endovascular clip and method of using same |
EP2693981A4 (en) | 2011-04-01 | 2015-07-01 | Univ Cornell | Method and apparatus for restricting flow through an opening in the side wall of a body lumen, and/or for reinforcing a weakness in the side wall of a body lumen, while still maintaining substantially normal flow through the body lumen |
US9504474B2 (en) | 2011-05-23 | 2016-11-29 | Stryker Corporation | Vaso-occlusive devices with in-situ stiffening |
US20120316632A1 (en) | 2011-06-13 | 2012-12-13 | Bulang Gao | Retrievable covered stent for bifurcation aneurysms |
US9011480B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2015-04-21 | Covidien Lp | Aneurysm treatment coils |
US9687245B2 (en) | 2012-03-23 | 2017-06-27 | Covidien Lp | Occlusive devices and methods of use |
WO2014028913A1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2014-02-20 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Dual rotational stent apparatus and method for endovascular treatment of aneurysms |
CA2882216C (en) | 2012-08-22 | 2021-05-04 | Phenox Gmbh | Implant |
MX363060B (en) | 2012-10-31 | 2019-03-06 | Evasc Neurovascular Entpr Ulc | Endovascular prosthesis and method for delivery of an endovascular prosthesis. |
US8715314B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-05-06 | Insera Therapeutics, Inc. | Vascular treatment measurement methods |
US20140316012A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-10-23 | Toby Freyman | In-Situ Forming Foams for Embolizing or Occluding a Cavity |
US9907684B2 (en) | 2013-05-08 | 2018-03-06 | Aneuclose Llc | Method of radially-asymmetric stent expansion |
GB2520482B (en) | 2013-11-15 | 2015-12-23 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Aneurysm closure device |
JP5695259B1 (en) | 2014-02-19 | 2015-04-01 | 株式会社World Medish | High flexibility stent |
US20160066921A1 (en) | 2014-02-21 | 2016-03-10 | Neuravi Limited | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ENDOVASCULAR TREATMENT OF ANEURYSMS USING EMBOLIC ePTFE |
US9713475B2 (en) | 2014-04-18 | 2017-07-25 | Covidien Lp | Embolic medical devices |
JP2017515567A (en) | 2014-05-12 | 2017-06-15 | トマス,ジェフリー,イー. | Intracranial stent and embolic coil coated with photon activated gel |
WO2015175537A1 (en) | 2014-05-16 | 2015-11-19 | Silk Road Medical, Inc. | Vessel access and closure assist system and method |
WO2016108241A1 (en) | 2014-12-31 | 2016-07-07 | Endostream Medical Ltd. | Device for restricting blood flow to aneurysms |
US9999413B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2018-06-19 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Micrograft for the treatment of intracranial aneurysms and method for use |
EP3261703A4 (en) | 2015-02-25 | 2018-10-24 | Galaxy Therapeutics, LLC | System for and method of treating aneurysms |
US10814045B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2020-10-27 | Balt Usa | Devices and methods for aneurysm treatment |
CN114732470A (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2022-07-12 | 斯瑞克公司 | Embolization device and method of making same |
US20180049859A1 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2018-02-22 | Spartan Micro, Inc. | Intravascular flow diversion devices |
AU2017328979A1 (en) | 2016-09-14 | 2019-03-14 | Medinol Ltd. | Aneurysm closure device |
CN108056798B (en) | 2016-11-08 | 2021-06-04 | 艾柯医疗器械(北京)有限公司 | Support pushing system, corresponding blood flow guiding device and blood flow guiding device assembling method |
US10603070B2 (en) | 2016-12-05 | 2020-03-31 | Daniel E. Walzman | Alternative use for hydrogel intrasaccular occlusion device with a spring for structural support |
WO2018112203A1 (en) | 2016-12-14 | 2018-06-21 | eLum Technologies, Inc. | Electrospun stents, flow diverters, and occlusion devices and methods of making the same |
CN110381855B (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2023-07-04 | 因赛普特有限责任公司 | Antithrombotic coating for aneurysm treatment devices |
GB2558920A (en) | 2017-01-20 | 2018-07-25 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Aneurysm treatment apparatus |
US11071551B2 (en) | 2017-08-17 | 2021-07-27 | Incumedx, Inc. | Flow attenuation device |
-
2012
- 2012-01-20 US US13/355,295 patent/US9011480B2/en active Active
-
2013
- 2013-01-18 CN CN201380015127.4A patent/CN104411256B/en active Active
- 2013-01-18 WO PCT/US2013/022150 patent/WO2013109894A2/en active Application Filing
- 2013-01-18 EP EP13703660.4A patent/EP2804543B1/en active Active
- 2013-01-18 CN CN201710477464.5A patent/CN107296639B/en active Active
-
2015
- 2015-04-20 US US14/691,394 patent/US20150327976A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2017
- 2017-02-01 US US15/422,399 patent/US10893868B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090270908A1 (en) * | 2008-04-29 | 2009-10-29 | Cook Incorporated | Device and method for occlusion of fluid flow through a body vessel |
Cited By (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10857012B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2020-12-08 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Vascular implant |
US10925611B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2021-02-23 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Packaging for surgical implant |
US11006940B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2021-05-18 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Micrograft for the treatment of intracranial aneurysms and method for use |
US11096679B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2021-08-24 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Micrograft for the treatment of intracranial aneurysms and method for use |
US11241223B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2022-02-08 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Micrograft for the treatment of intracranial aneurysms and method for use |
US11484319B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2022-11-01 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Delivery system for micrograft for treating intracranial aneurysms |
US11627950B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2023-04-18 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Micrograft for the treatment of intracranial aneurysms and method for use |
US11779452B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2023-10-10 | Neurogami Medical, Inc. | Vascular implant |
US11786255B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2023-10-17 | Neurogami Medical, Inc | Packaging for surgical implant |
WO2021012097A1 (en) | 2019-07-19 | 2021-01-28 | Covidien Lp | Embolic device delivery system |
EP4003190A4 (en) * | 2019-07-19 | 2023-04-26 | Covidien LP | Embolic device delivery system |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US9011480B2 (en) | 2015-04-21 |
EP2804543B1 (en) | 2016-11-30 |
US20170164951A1 (en) | 2017-06-15 |
US10893868B2 (en) | 2021-01-19 |
CN104411256B (en) | 2017-07-14 |
WO2013109894A2 (en) | 2013-07-25 |
US20130190801A1 (en) | 2013-07-25 |
CN107296639A (en) | 2017-10-27 |
EP2804543A2 (en) | 2014-11-26 |
WO2013109894A3 (en) | 2014-08-07 |
CN107296639B (en) | 2020-05-15 |
CN104411256A (en) | 2015-03-11 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10893868B2 (en) | Aneurysm treatment coils | |
JP7195375B2 (en) | Embolization device and manufacturing method thereof | |
US7927348B2 (en) | Stretch resistant coil device | |
EP2413840B1 (en) | Vascular occlusion devices | |
AU774515B2 (en) | Occlusive coil manufacture and delivery | |
EP1009294B1 (en) | Anatomically shaped vaso-occlusive device | |
JP4783927B2 (en) | Vascular occlusion coil having selectively planarized regions | |
US20230225737A1 (en) | Vascular occlusion devices utilizing thin film nitinol foils | |
JP2013126561A (en) | Implant including coil and stretch-resistant member | |
EP3193744A1 (en) | Intralumenal occlusion devices having improved properties | |
US20220370078A1 (en) | Vaso-occlusive devices | |
WO2019054066A1 (en) | Indwelling instrument for forming embolus | |
WO2022245387A1 (en) | Vaso-occlusive devices | |
CN113951964A (en) | Embolic coils and coil systems |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |